1. Trang chủ
  2. » Giáo Dục - Đào Tạo

Understanding business Test Bank Solution Chap 1 Taking risks and making profits within the dynamic business environment

962 65 1

Đang tải... (xem toàn văn)

Tài liệu hạn chế xem trước, để xem đầy đủ mời bạn chọn Tải xuống

THÔNG TIN TÀI LIỆU

Cấu trúc

  • Learning Goal

  • Learning Goal

  • Learning Goal

  • Learning Goal

  • Learning Goal

  • Learning Goal

  • Chapter 06

  • Entrepreneurship and Starting a Small Business Answer Key

  •  

  •  

  • True / False Questions

  •  

  • 1. Entrepreneurship involves accepting the risk of starting and running a business. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 148

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Age of the Entrepreneur

  •  

  • 2. Entrepreneurship is another name for management. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 148

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Job-Creating Power of Entrepreneurs in the United States

  •  

  • 3. Entrepreneurs are less important now than in the past to the U.S. economy. 

  •  

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 148

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Job-Creating Power of Entrepreneurs in the United States

  •  

  • 4. People who are 16 to 34 years old are not attracted to starting their own business. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 149

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Spotlight on Small Business box

  •  

  • 5. While entrepreneurs frequently earn significant profits for themselves, their impact on society is quite small. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 150

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Why People Take the Entrepreneurial Challenge

  •  

  • 6. Many business started by entrepreneurs have grown into major corporations employing thousands of workers. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 148-149

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Job-Creating Power of Entrepreneurs in the United States

  •  

  • 7. Entrepreneurs are motivated by the desire to earn a profit. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 150

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Why People Take the Entrepreneurial Challenge

  •  

  • 8. Entrepreneurs take calculated risks. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 150

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Why People Take the Entrepreneurial Challenge

  •  

  • 9. Most entrepreneurs prefer working for someone else. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 150

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Why People Take the Entrepreneurial Challenge

  •  

  • 10. Most entrepreneurs are more interested in personal achievement than in power. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 150

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Why People Take the Entrepreneurial Challenge

  •  

  • 11. If you have managerial skills and leadership ability, you also posses the personality to be an entrepreneur. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 150-151

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 12. Because of the stress of being in business for yourself, it's important that entrepreneurs have people around them to help replenish their enthusiasm. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 150

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 13. Successful entrepreneurs rely on others for direction and support. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 150

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 14. Successful entrepreneurs accept the risk of failure. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 151

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 15. Entrepreneurs avoid risk and place a high priority on security. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 151

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 16. It is important for an entrepreneur to be highly energetic. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 151

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 17. Most entrepreneurs get the ideas for their products and services from a flash of inspiration. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 151

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Turning Your Passions and Problems into Opportunities

  •  

  • 18. Potential entrepreneurs would be well advised to surround themselves with people who are smarter than they are. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Entrepreneurial Teams

  •  

  • 19. An entrepreneurial team is a group of experienced managers who share the same skills and abilities. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Entrepreneurial Teams

  •  

  • 20. Entrepreneurial teams combine the creative marketing and production ideas of a group of experienced people.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Entrepreneurial Teams

  •  

  • 21. Successful entrepreneurs often make use of professional managers to introduce new ideas. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Entrepreneurial Teams

  •  

  • 22. Micropreneurs is a term used to describe entrepreneurs who focus on the continued growth of their businesses. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 23. The most important difference between entrepreneurs and micropreneurs is the focus placed by micropreneurs on balancing the demands of work and family. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 152-154

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 24. The primary concern of micropreneurs is to balance the risk of starting your own business with the desire to build a powerful organization earning significant profits. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 152-154

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 25. Many micropreneurs are home-based business owners. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 26. Micropreneurs are motivated by a desire to have both a satisfying family life and rewarding work. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 152-154

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 27. Advancements in computer technology put home-based businesses at a disadvantage. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 154

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 28. Many micropreneurs operate home-based businesses in the service industry. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 29. Corporate downsizing reduces the opportunities for home-based businesses. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 154

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •   

  • 30.   Successful micropreneurs require self-discipline to separate work from family responsibilities. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 154

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 31. Micropreneurs are exempt from the local ordinances that restrict home-based businesses from operating in residential areas. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 154

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 32. One advantage enjoyed by home-based businesses is the relative ease in attracting new customers. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 154

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 33. Small businesses have not significantly participated in web-based online sales. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 156

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Web-Based Businesses

  •  

  • 34. The Internet provides a resource for entrepreneurs for information regarding the steps needed to take their business online.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 156

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Web-Based Businesses

  •  

  • 35. Web-based businesses avoid the risk of failure faced by traditional startup businesses. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 156-157

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Web-Based Businesses

  •  

  • 36. An intrapreneur is the creative person who starts and manages a nonprofit organization. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 157

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Entrepreneurship within Firms

  •  

  • 37. Creative people working as entrepreneurs within a large organization are called intrapreneurs. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 157

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Entrepreneurship within Firms

  •  

  • 38. Entrepreneurial spirit is unique to a small business environment. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 157

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Entrepreneurship within Firms

  •  

  • 39. Large organizations encourage intrapreneurship as a strategy to improve their profitability through new products. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 157

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Entrepreneurship within Firms

  •  

  • 40. By passing the Immigration Act of 1990, the U.S. government acted to encourage entrepreneurs to immigrate to the United States. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 157

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 41. The U.S. government offers "investor visas" to attract more entrepreneurs. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 157

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 42. The position of our government is to restrict foreign entrepreneurs from operating within the U.S. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 157-158

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 43. Business incubators provide assistance to established companies attempting to generate foreign sales. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 158

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 44. A National Business Incubator Association study indicates that over 80 percent of incubator graduates remain in business. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 158

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 45. Enterprise zones offer lower tax rates and government assistance to attract private business investment. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 157

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 46. Independence, challenge, and opportunity are among the key reasons given by those who assume the risks of entrepreneurship. 

  • Feedback: Many factors encourage people to accept the risks associated with entrepreneurship, including the opportunities, independence, and challenges associated with starting and operating a business. Clearly the potential of profits is also a great motivator for entrepreneurs.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 150

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Why People Take the Entrepreneurial Challenge

  •  

  • 47. Successful entrepreneurs are exclusively motivated by the desire to become rich. 

  • Feedback: Entrepreneurs are often motivated by the challenges and opportunities of starting and operating a business, and by the chance to be independent. Thus, earning a profit is only one of the goals that motivate entrepreneurs.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 150

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Why People Take the Entrepreneurial Challenge

  •  

  • 48. Although corporate managers often exhibit the skills required of successful entrepreneurs, they seldom have the desire to give up the perks and fringe benefits of corporate life and start their own business. 

  • Feedback: Many corporate managers have left their jobs to become entrepreneurs.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 150

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Why People Take the Entrepreneurial Challenge

  •  

  • 49. To be successful, entrepreneurs are dependent on the support of others for encouragement. 

  • Feedback: Entrepreneurs must be self-nurturing. They must believe in their ideas when others do not.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 150

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 50. Entrepreneurial teams increase the cooperation between marketing, production and other functional areas of a business venture. 

  • Feedback: In entrepreneurial teams, all members work together to conceive, make, and market a new product or service. A team may be better than an individual entrepreneur because team members can combine creative skills with production and marketing skills right from the start.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Entrepreneurial Teams

  •  

  • 51. State governments create new startup business organizations called enterprise zones that are later sold to private investors. 

  • Feedback: Also known as empowerment zones or enterprise communities, enterprise zones are specific geographic areas where state governments try to attract private investment by offering lower taxes for locating your business there.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 157-158

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 52. The Spotlight on Small Business box is testimonial to the fact that entrepreneurs are problem solvers. 

  • Feedback: Ideas for businesses are often conceived by young people. They act upon those ideas and develop successful businesses.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 149

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Spotlight on Small Business box

  •  

  • 53. Juanita wants to operate her own business. Although she admits it would be nice to earn a healthy profit, her primary motivation is the excitement and challenge of starting and running a business. Juanita's attitude is different from most small business owners, who usually focus solely on the earnings potential of their ventures, as well as the opportunity to acquire power and prestige. 

  • Feedback: Many factors motivate entrepreneurs, including the challenges and opportunities of starting and operating their own business. Additionally, most entrepreneurs seek a sense of achievement rather than power.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 150

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Why People Take the Entrepreneurial Challenge

  •  

  • 54. Ramsey is a dreamer rather than a doer. This is an important attribute for an entrepreneur since their job is to be creative and develop new ideas that are then implemented by others. 

  • Feedback: Entrepreneurs must be self-directed, self-nurturing, and action-oriented. They do not depend on others to follow through on their ideas.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 150-151

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 55. Jacques has eliminated the risk of entrepreneurship by preparing a detailed business plan. 

  • Feedback: Entrepreneurs must be able to take calculated risk because there are no guarantees of success. Successful entrepreneurs must be willing to accept uncertainty. However, they should take only calculated risks if they can help it.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 150-151

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 56. Jason, Robin, and Ian currently work in the marketing department of a large corporation. They have similar backgrounds and training and are thinking about leaving their company to start their own business. Successful entrepreneurial teams are comprised of these types of people because similarities in knowledge and skill ensure harmony and consistency in their new business. 

  • Feedback: Entrepreneurial teams should include people with different skills and backgrounds. The idea behind an entrepreneurial team is to bring together the creative, production and marketing skills necessary to ensure success.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Entrepreneurial Teams

  •  

  • 57. Anthony is an employee of a textbook publisher. However, his desire is to establish a home-based business providing his services to a variety of publishers. Anthony's primary motivation is to escape the 9 to 5 world of corporate publishing and to enjoy the opportunity of working for himself. Anthony is an example of a micropreneur. 

  • Feedback "Micropreneur" to refers to a business owner interested in simply enjoying a better lifestyle and want the opportunity to make a living doing the kind of work they enjoy.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 58. Kylie is employed by Street Wheels, a large corporation that produces accessories for scooters, bicycles, and other children's vehicles. She is a creative force within the company and has helped create and launch several new successful products. Kylie is an example of an intrapreneur. 

  • Feedback: Intrapreneurs are creative people who work within corporations to launch new products and generate new profits.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 157

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Entrepreneurship within Firms

  •  

  • 59. Jon received a letter in the mail explaining that HE COULD EARN THOUSANDS!!!! by working just a few hours from home. Most likely Jon's letter was a work-at-home scam. 

  • Feedback: Persons interested in working from home must be cautious of scam opportunities, which will often take your money upfront, or never pay you for work provided.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 152-154

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 60. The United States government views entrepreneurship as a result of an individual's self-motivation. The government can do very little to encourage an individual to become an entrepreneur. 

  • Feedback: The U.S. federal government passed the Immigration Act of 1990, which created a category of "investors visas" intended to lure entrepreneurs to our country. Enterprise zones and investment tax credits have also been used to encourage entrepreneurs.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 157-158

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 61. When Kelsey began the Cookie Kitchen, she located the operation at a small business center to get help with accounting, legal advice, and secretarial help for a very low cost. Electing to join the incubator helped her company to survive because it provided assistance while her company was in its infancy. 

  • Feedback: Incubators are centers that offer new businesses low-cost offices with basic business services such as accounting, legal advice and secretarial help. They provide assistance in the critical stage of early development.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 158

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 62. The principles of management of a large business are similar to the principles of management of a small business. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Started in Small Business

  •  

  • 63. To be classified as a small business, a firm must have no more than 100 employees. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 64. According to the Small Business Administration's definition, small businesses are independently owned and operated. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 65. A business is considered small by comparing its size to others in the same industry. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 66. Small businesses create 60 - 80% of the new jobs in the United States each year. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 67. Small businesses account for over 50% of the U.S.'s gross domestic product (GDP). 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 68. Upwards of 80% of all U.S. workers find their first job in small business. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 69. Of all nonfarm businesses in the United States, almost 97 percent are considered small by the Small Business Administration (SBA) standards. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 70. Compared to small businesses, large firms have a greater ability to provide personalized customer service. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Importance of Small Business

  •  

  • 71. Big businesses do not serve all the needs of a market. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 160

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Importance of Small Business

  •  

  •  

  • 72. Economist Bruce Kirchhoff contends that business failures are much lower than traditionally reported. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 160-161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

  • 73. The most common small business failures occur in businesses that are the easiest to start. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 160-161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

  • 74. Only about 10% of all businesses qualify as small businesses using the definition of the Small Business Administration. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 75. The small business sector that has the best chance of significant growth is legal services. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 160-161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

  • 76. Small businesses can often provide more personalized customer service than bigger rivals. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Importance of Small Business

  •  

  • 77. Recent evidence suggests that the small business failure rate is significantly much higher than previously reported. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 160-161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

  • 78. Bad luck is the most often reported cause for small business failure. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 160

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure; Figure 6.3, Causes of Small Business Failure

  •  

  • 79. The business opportunities with the greatest growth potential tend to be in the high technology industries. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure; Figure 6.4, Situations for Small Business Success

  •  

  • 80. The easiest businesses to start are those that offer the greatest profit potential.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 160-161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

  • 81. Most business opportunities offer entrepreneurs high levels of security and profits. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 160-161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

  • 82. The easiest businesses to start also have the least growth potential and the greatest failure rates. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 160-161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

  • 83. While the first job for many people is working for a small business, most of the permanent new jobs are created by larger corporations. 

  • Feedback: Small businesses create 60 - 80 percent of the new jobs in the United States.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 84. If you are trying to prevent failure, it is a good idea to go into the business with good record-keeping techniques. 

  • Feedback: Lack of good record-keeping is one of the main causes of small business failure. Other common causes are listed in Figure 6.3.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 160

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Figure 6.3, Causes of Small Business Failure

  •  

  • 85. If you go through the exercise of preparing a business plan, only to determine that you need twice the amount of money to start the business than you have, the SBA and other expert organizations encourage you to go ahead with your plans because if you understand the market, you can use the revenues you accrue to make-up the short-fall. 

  • Feedback: A major cause of small business failure is lacking the necessary capital to start the business. Creating a business plan is a good exercise for determining capital needs.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 160-161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Figure 6.3, Causes of Small Business Failure

  •  

  • 86. Small businesses lack the resources to compete directly with big businesses. 

  • Feedback: Small businesses can often compete successfully against big businesses because they are more able to quickly respond to business opportunities and able to offer more personalized customer service.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 159-160

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Importance of Small Business

  •  

  • 87. Because of their superior financial resources and specialized staffs, big corporations can almost always outperform small businesses. 

  • Feedback: Small businesses have some advantages over big firms. They are often more flexible, and able to offer their customers more personalized service.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Figure 6.4, Situations for Small-Business Success

  •  

  • 88. Marina has just completed her business degree. She should focus her job search to only include large corporations. 

  • Feedback: Since small businesses create 60-80 percent of the new jobs in the U.S. if Maria focuses on job opportunities with big firms, she is likely to limit her chances of finding employment.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 89. Renee, a manager at a small manufacturing firm, has offered to help manage a local branch of the YMCA. Unfortunately, Renee will find that the skills acquired managing a small business will not be useful in managing a nonprofit organization. 

  • Feedback: The skills needed to manage small businesses, big businesses, charities, churches, and government agencies are very similar.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Getting Started in Small Business

  •  

  • 90. Your brother, a family dentist, has opened a new office in your hometown. As a business student you know that this type of business experiences low failure rates. 

  • Feedback: Many of the businesses with the lowest failure rates require advanced degrees to start. This would include veterinary services and dentists' offices. However, while training and degrees may buy security, they do not tend to produce high growth rates.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 160-161

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

  • 91. Juanita wants to start a small business. If her primary goal is fast growth and high profits, her best chances would be in the manufacturing sector. 

  • Feedback: Although manufacturing firms are difficult to start and keep going, they do have the greatest potential for the high rates of growth that Juanita needs to achieve her primary goal.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 161

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure; Figure 6.4, Situations for Small Business Success

  •  

  • 92. While Jing wants to start a small business, she has not yet uncovered an opportunity that would offer her security and the likelihood of high profits. Jing will likely find that one must risk more in order to attain high profits. 

  • Feedback: Firms that offer security seldom offer the potential for rapid growth and high profits, while firms that offer high profits tend to be associated with high levels of risk.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 161

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Figure 6.4, Situations for Small-Business Success

  •  

  • 93. The best way to learn about small business is to "bite the bullet" and start your own. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 161-162

  • AACSB: Reflective thinking skills

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Learn from Others

  •  

  • 94. Individuals desiring to learn about small business operations are advised to learn from other entrepreneurs. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 161-162

  • AACSB: Reflective thinking skills

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Learn from Others

  •  

  • 95. Many entrepreneurs got the idea for their own business from their experience of working for others. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 162

  • AACSB: Reflective thinking skills

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Get Some Experience

  •  

  • 96. Since entrepreneurs are starting new businesses, experience gained from working for an established business isn't particularly helpful. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 162

  • AACSB: Reflective thinking skills

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Get Some Experience

  •  

  • 97. Offering to manage an established business for a percentage of the profits plus a salary offers experience to the would-be entrepreneur and free time to the business owner. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 162

  • AACSB: Reflective thinking skills

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Take Over a Successful Firm

  •  

  • 98. Entrepreneurs are well advised to avoid starting businesses in the same market in which they were previously employed. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 162

  • AACSB: Reflective thinking skills

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Take Over a Successful Firm

  •  

  • 99. You can negotiate a win-win situation by offering to manage an established small business. You win from the experience; the owner wins with free time. 

  • Feedback: Often times it is difficult to start your own business when you lack the capital. One way to become an owner is to offer to manage a business that is already established. You gain experience and the owner gets free time.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 162-163

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Take Over a Successful Firm

  •  

  • 100. If you were to begin gathering information on a particular type of business, it is doubtful that a community college class would benefit your search because the information you would gain is too generic in nature. 

  • Feedback: Many community colleges bring together would-be entrepreneurs from diverse backgrounds. These resources will often connect students with a network of other entrepreneurs and small business owners. However, many tips for prospective small business owners are universal in nature, such as keeping accurate financial records and finding out where to go to learn how to do these things.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 161-162

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Learn from Others

  •  

  • 101. There are several ethical considerations when starting a business, but competing against current and former work relationships is always fair game. 

  • Feedback: Similar to managers who work for large organizations, small business owners/managers must consider ethics when making decisions. The Making Ethical Decisions box depicts a situation where two employees plan to quit their jobs and create a business that directly competes against their current employer. Although they have a right to create a business and compete, how do they ethically compete for the same customers that their former employer serves?

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 162

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Making Ethical Decisions box

  •  

  • 102. Carlos hopes to start his own business. He needs to avoid talking to other small business owners about his plans because they might steal his ideas. 

  • Feedback: Talking to small business owners is one of the best ways to learn how to start and run a small business.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 161-162

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Learn from Others

  •  

  • 103. Felicia decided to work for a floral design studio before opening her own shop. This approach to learning the business is okay, but her time would be put to better use starting her own business.

  • Feedback: Felecia will gain valuable training and insights into the floral design business by working for someone else. Her experience should reduce her risks and help her operate more efficiently when she starts her own business.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 162

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Get Some Experience

  •  

  • 104. As an employee of a small business, DeMonte has observed the owner's desire to retire. Since DeMonte would like to buy the business, he needs to determine how much the business is worth. In order to determine a fair price for the business, DeMonte should add up the market value of all of the firm's physical assets such as buildings, machinery, equipment, and inventory, and willingly pay this amount for the business. 

  • Feedback: A fair value for a business depends not only on what the firm owns, but also on what it earns and what makes it unique.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 162-163

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Take Over a Successful Firm

  •  

  • 105. The two primary concerns of an entrepreneur starting a new business are planning and record keeping. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 163

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing a Small Business

  •  

  • 106. According to the Small Business Administration, poor management is the cause of the majority of small business failures. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 163

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing a Small Business

  •  

  • 107. Business plans are necessarily a bit vague since these are prepared prior to the beginning of business operations. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 108. A good business plan describes the nature of the proposed business, the target market, the competitive advantages, and the qualifications of the owners. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 109. Bankers and investors require entrepreneurs to present a well-conceived business plan. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 110. An entrepreneur's personal financial position will have a minor impact on negotiations with bankers for a small business loan. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 111. Getting a business plan into the hands of the right people is nearly as important as getting the right information in the plan. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Writing a Business Plan

  •  

  • 112. The entrepreneur's integrity is not relevant to bankers when determining the credit worthiness of a business loan. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 113. Software designed to help create business plans has proven to be of little value because it is difficult to apply it to every business situation. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Writing a Business Plan

  •  

  • 114. Since creating a detailed business plan is almost impossible, entrepreneurs should focus on the other tasks needed to get their firm started. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Writing a Business Plan

  •  

  • 115. Management includes attention toward financing the business, hiring employees, marketing, and record keeping. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 163

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing a Small Business

  •  

  • 116. Identifying "poor management" as the cause of a small business failure likely covers a variety of problems. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 163

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing a Small Business

  •  

  • 117. Aside from personal savings, the only other viable source of financing for an entrepreneur would be funds available from friends and family. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 118. Potential suppliers can be an excellent source of financing for a new business since lending money to a new customer may be very much in their own interest. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 119. Angel investors are the government agencies that invest money in new companies before they go public. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 166

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 120. Venture capitalists provide funds for startup businesses in exchange for part ownership in the new firm. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 167

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 121. State and local governments often act as venture capitalists. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 167

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 122. While the Small Business Administration provides management advice to new business owners, it is not empowered to provide financial assistance. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 168

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Administration (SBA)

  •  

  • 123. Venture capitalists provide funds for small businesses as part of their philanthropy programs. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 167

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 124. Venture capitalists prefer investing in smaller start up businesses in order to reduce their overall risk. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 167

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 125. The burst of the dot com bubble caused venture capitalists to limit their funding of new businesses. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 167

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 126. The Small Business Administration's microloan program offers small businesses very small loans. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 168

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Administration (SBA)

  •  

  • 127. Small Business Administration microloans are based on the borrowers' integrity rather than collateral and credit history. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 168

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Administration (SBA)

  •  

  • 128. In order to qualify for a microloan from the SBA, an entrepreneur must have adequate collateral, and a proven track record of success. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 168

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Administration (SBA)

  •  

  • 129. Small Business Investment Companies (SBICs) are privately owned companies licensed by the Small Business Administration to lend money to small businesses. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 168

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Administration (SBA)

  •  

  • 130. The SBA may guarantee loans made by a financial institution and repay them if the borrowers stop making payments. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 168

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Figure 6.5, Types of SBA Financial Assistance

  •  

  • 131. Success in running a business depends on knowing your customers, managing your employees, and keeping efficient records. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 163

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing a Small Business

  •  

  • 132. In the business world, a market consists of those people who have a willingness to buy a particular product. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Knowing Your Customers

  •  

  • 133. One of the greatest advantages that small businesses have over larger ones is the ability to know their customers better and to adapt quickly to the customers' needs. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Knowing Your Customers

  •  

  • 134. Attracting qualified workers presents a problem for small businesses since they usually offer less money, fewer benefits, and less room for advancement than larger firms offer. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing Employees

  •  

  • 135. As their firms grow and prosper, busy entrepreneurs take pleasure in delegating authority to others. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing Employees

  •  

  • 136. Studies show that seniority is the most important criteria when selecting employees for promotion to management positions. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 169-170

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing Employees

  •  

  • 137. Compared to employees of large businesses, small business employees are less satisfied with their work because they see their jobs as less challenging. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing Employees

  •  

  • 138. Hiring family members offers the best answer to the problem of attracting qualified employees. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 170

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing Employees

  •  

  • 139. Questions about how much authority to delegate, and to whom, are easier issues for a family-run businesses since they "can't fire family." 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 170

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing Employees

  •  

  • 140. With fewer employees and less revenue, small businesses have less need for detailed records than do larger business organizations. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 170

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Keeping Records

  •  

  • 141. Many small business owners report that they needed assistance with accounting when they first started businesses. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 170

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Keeping Records

  •  

  • 142. Commercial loan officers and insurance agents offer expert assistance that can be valuable to small business owners. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 171

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Looking for Help

  •  

  • 143. One way to control the legal costs associated with operating a small business is to purchase a prepaid legal plan. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 170

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Looking for Help

  •  

  • 144. Commercial loan officers serve as a resource for small business owners for information regarding risk management. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 171

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Looking for Help

  •  

  • 145. The SCORE (Service Corps of Retired Executives) program, sponsored by the SBA, is designed to provide financial assistance to minorities and women. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 171

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Looking for Help

  •  

  • 146. Prior to creating a business plan, discussions with bankers and investors can help entrepreneurs determine the amount of financing available. 

  • Feedback: Bankers and investors will want to look at an entrepreneur's business plan in order to determine whether they are interested in providing funds. Entrepreneurs who are unable to provide bankers and potential investors with a well-developed plan will appear disorganized and unprepared.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 147. An effective business plan analyzes the competition and identifies the resources required to profitably serve a target market. 

  • Feedback: An effective business plan must consider all the aspects of operating a new business in detail.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 148. When writing a business plan, prospective entrepreneurs should remember to omit details regarding their experience and education since investors are only interested in the proposed business. 

  • Feedback: A business plan should include information about the resources and qualifications of the owner.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 149. As opposed to venture capitalists, angel investors prefer to target their investments in new firms requiring large sums of money. 

  • Feedback: Venture capitalists often invest in businesses in need of large sums of money. Angel investors are private individuals investing their own money. The amount of money invested by angel investors tends to be less than amounts invested by venture capital firms.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 167

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 150. A major advantage of preparing a formal business plan is that prospective entrepreneurs must identify the resources and activities required to successfully operate their proposed venture. 

  • Feedback: Developing a business plan forces an entrepreneur to think carefully about all aspects of the business he or she intends to start.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 151. Prospective entrepreneurs turned down by private lenders have little hope of getting financial help from the Small Business Administration, since the SBA's standards are even tougher than those of private lenders. 

  • Feedback: The SBA offers a number of programs to help finance small businesses that have difficulty obtaining loans from private sources. Sometimes the SBA will offer direct loans, sometimes it will guarantee private loans, and other times it will combine both of these approaches.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 168-169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Small Business Administration (SBA)

  •  

  • 152. If you plan to meet face-to-face with a banker or venture capitalist, it is not necessary to submit a business plan. 

  • Feedback: A business plan is mandatory when talking to bankers and investors.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 153. As a prospective entrepreneur, Ebony considered a variety of financing sources. Her discussions with a venture capitalist revealed that this type of investor expects to receive a significant ownership interest in her firm. 

  • Feedback: Venture capitalists sometimes ask for as much as a 60% stake in a business.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 167

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Getting Money for Small Business

  •  

  • 154. Hoping to qualify for a microloan from the Small Business Administration, Magdalena's business plan clearly identifies her strategy to profitably serve a target market. Unfortunately, her lack of business experience and limited collateral greatly reduce her chances of obtaining the microloan. 

  • Feedback: Microloans are awarded on the basis of the integrity of the borrowers and the soundness of their business ideas.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 168-169

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: The Small Business Administration (SBA)

  •  

  • 155. Austin's interest in computers helped fuel his design of a new hard drive that is far superior to anything on the market. Austin's product and business plan will likely attract several sources of financing if he is willing to give up part ownership in his company.

  • Feedback: Venture capitalists are individuals or companies that invest in new businesses in exchange for partial ownership of those businesses. However, as a result of the bursting dot.com bubble, many venture capitalists have reduced how much they are willing to invest in a high tech venture and have increased their required rate of return.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 167

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Getting Money for Small Business

  •  

  • 156. Because college students realize the importance of nursing homes for our aging population, students comprise an attractive market for nursing home insurance policies. 

  • Feedback: A market consists of people who have both a willingness to buy and the financial resources needed to make the purchase. College students may lack both of these attributes.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 169

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Knowing Your Customers

  •  

  • 157. In order to better serve their customers, small business owners should avoid delegating authority to their employees. 

  • Feedback: Successful small businesses often grow beyond the ability of the entrepreneur. Empowering employees produces highly motivated workers with higher job satisfaction. This helps to improve customer service and reduces the wear and tear on the owner-manager.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 169-170

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Managing Employees

  •  

  • 158. Justin feels that his family-run business will be more likely to avoid the problems many growing businesses have with managing employees. His attitude will likely hinder the growth of his company. 

  • Feedback: Attitudes such as "You can't fire family" or you must promote someone because "they're family" can be detrimental to family businesses.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 170

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Managing Employees

  •  

  • 159. Whitney wants to start her own business, but she is concerned about her limited financial resources. She would be well advised to save money by delaying her meeting with lawyers and accountants until the business has been operating for a few years. 

  • Feedback: Consulting with lawyers, accountants, and loan officers may be expensive, but their advice may be invaluable. If Whitney waits for a few years before asking for legal and financial advice, the money she saves on consulting fees is likely to be more than offset by losses due to poor decisions and avoidable mistakes.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 170-171

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Looking for Help

  •  

  • 160. While only a small percentage of small businesses export, the number has increased dramatically in the last decade. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 161. Large multinational firms dominate the international market, leaving few opportunities for small businesses. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 162. One advantage enjoyed by small businesses in international markets is that overseas buyers like dealing with individuals rather than large corporate bureaucracies. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 163. Due in part to government support, the majority of U.S. small businesses are involved in exporting. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 164. Exporting offers small businesses opportunities to reduce their dependence on domestic sales and extend product lives. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 165. Small Business Administration loans help firms finance their domestic operations. These funds however, cannot be used to finance exports since the money is provided by U.S. taxpayers. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 172-173

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 166. Small businesses can provide more personalized service than a large corporation to overseas customers. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 167. The Internet has slowed small businesses participation in international markets. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 168. As the owner of a small manufacturing business, Myles has an interest in exporting. However, he doesn't know how to get started. Fortunately, the government provides an abundance of information to encourage entrepreneurs like Myles. 

  • Feedback: The Commerce Department's Bureau of Industry and Security and the Small Business Administration provide export information on the Internet.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 173

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 169. From a competitive standpoint, small businesses cannot expect to successfully compete with large corporations in international markets. 

  • Feedback: Small businesses have certain advantages over larger rivals in international markets. Overseas buyers often prefer to deal with individuals rather than corporate bureaucracies. Moreover, small businesses can often begin shipping faster and offer more personal service.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 172-173

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 170. The only real barrier preventing small businesses from exporting is insufficient knowledge of the opportunities available. 

  • Feedback: Although many small businesses could profit from going international, there are some serious barriers to small business exporting. Financing is often hard to obtain, dealing with the bureaucratic paperwork involved in international transactions can be daunting, and the need to adjust to cultural differences can complicate marketing efforts.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  •  

  • Multiple Choice Questions

  •  

  • 171. Entrepreneurship is: 

  • 172. A. managing businesses for others.

  • 173. B. a controlling interest in the ownership of a corporation.

  • 174. C. managing businesses that operate in multiple countries.

  • 175. D. accepting the risk of starting and running a business.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 148

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Age of the Entrepreneur

  •  

  • 176. Which of the following U.S. issues does entrepreneurship most directly affect? 

  • 177. A. The political process

  • 178. B. The ability to create jobs for others

  • 179. C. Contributions of money to organizations that help people in need

  • 180. D. The ability to influence national macroeconomics polices

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 148

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Job-Creating Power of Entrepreneurship

  •  

  • 181. Which of the following explains why individuals accept the risks of business ownership? 

  • 182. A. The potential for learning how to be self-disciplined

  • 183. B. The sense of self-satisfaction and independence

  • 184. C. The challenge of seeking power

  • 185. D. The desire to work fewer hours

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 150

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Why People Take the Entrepreneurial Challenge

  •  

  • 186. Which of the following is a characteristic of successful entrepreneurs? 

  • 187. A. Power-seeking

  • 188. B. Relies heavily on others who believe in the business

  • 189. C. Willingness and desire to follow others

  • 190. D. Action-oriented

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 150-151

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 191. Which of the following best describes entrepreneurial personality traits? 

  • 192. A. Tolerant of uncertainty and highly energetic.

  • 193. B. Risk averse and self-nurturing.

  • 194. C. Appreciate direction from others and risk averse.

  • 195. D. Prefer to work less hours and prefer to give directions and let others do the foot work.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 151

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 196. A(n) ________________ is a group of experienced professionals from different areas of business who join together to develop, make, and market a new product. 

  • 197. A. entrepreneurial team

  • 198. B. joint venture

  • 199. C. self-directed functional team

  • 200. D. managerial task force

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Entrepreneurial Teams

  •  

  • 201. An entrepreneurial team consists of: 

  • 202. A. managers with similar skills, abilities, and interests.

  • 203. B. experienced professionals from different areas of business.

  • 204. C. a group of wealthy investors who share a vision for a product.

  • 205. D. representatives from management, labor, and the government who work together to solve a company's problems in a creative way.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Entrepreneurial Teams

  •  

  • 206. Business owners who prefer to maintain their businesses at a manageable size are called: 

  • 207. A. macropreneurs

  • 208. B. intrapreneurs

  • 209. C. micropreneurs

  • 210. D. home workers

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 211. One of the challenges of running a home-based business is: 

  • 212. A. an increase in business risk.

  • 213. B. managing the extra time on your hands.

  • 214. C. keeping work and family tasks separate.

  • 215. D. burdensome tax laws.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 154-155

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 216. A successful web-based strategy that helps a business spread the word about its web site and products is called ______________. 

  • 217. A. wildfire marketing

  • 218. B. "its all about the buzz"

  • 219. C. social marketing

  • 220. D. affiliate marketing

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 156

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Web-Based Businesses

  •  

  • 221. A creative person working within a corporation to launch new products and generate new profits is known as a(n): 

  • 222. A. arbitrator.

  • 223. B. micropreneur.

  • 224. C. macropreneur.

  • 225. D. intrapreneur.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 157

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Entrepreneurship within Firms

  •  

  • 226. The goal of an intrapreneur is: 

  • 227. A. to improve quality control in a corporation's production process.

  • 228. B. to develop new products and generate new profits for the corporation.

  • 229. C. to implement cost control policies for existing products.

  • 230. D. to create smaller companies within larger companies.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 157

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Entrepreneurship within Firms

  •  

  • 231. The U.S. government's Immigration Act of 1990: 

  • 232. A. encouraged entrepreneurs to come to the U.S. through "investor visas".

  • 233. B. established a government program to teach American workers displaced by immigration how to start their own businesses.

  • 234. C. established guidelines to help entrepreneurs recruit legal aliens as a source of low cost labor.

  • 235. D. proposed an exchange program for American and European entrepreneurs to temporarily live internationally in order to open up foreign branches for their businesses.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 157-158

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 236. Enterprise zones are specific geographic areas that: 

  • 237. A. the government has set aside for major corporations that promise to spend at least $10 million to create new jobs.

  • 238. B. attract business investment by offering lower taxes and government support for development.

  • 239. C. the government has recognized as having the fastest growth rates in the country.

  • 240. D. are characterized by government ownership of small businesses.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 157-158

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 241. Business incubators are usually government-funded facilities intended to: 

  • 242. A. provide health care benefits for small business owners and their families.

  • 243. B. offer startup firms low-cost office space and basic business services.

  • 244. C. help rebuild the nation's infrastructure.

  • 245. D. assist foreign investors in identifying business opportunities in the U.S.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 158

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 246. Historically entrepreneurs in the U.S. 

  • 247. A. created wealth for themselves, but have had a minor impact on the economy as a whole.

  • 248. B. started many small firms that later became major corporations employing thousands of workers.

  • 249. C. experienced success only when they worked in partnership with the federal government.

  • 250. D. played an important role, but are less important now in creating jobs and wealth.

  • Feedback: The history of the U.S. economy is full of examples of entrepreneurs that started small businesses that later became major corporations. Examples from the past include Henry Ford, George Eastman (who started Kodak) and William Procter and James Gamble (who founded Procter & Gamble). More recent examples include Steve Jobs (Apple Computer), Bill Gates (Microsoft), Chad Hurley and Steven Chen (YouTube) (CNN), and Jack Dorsey (Twitter).

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 148-149

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: The Job-Creating Power of Entrepreneurs in the United States

  •  

  • 251. Which of the following statements explains one of the reasons that people in the U.S. take the entrepreneurial challenge? 

  • 252. A. It's all about profits, and the chance to make a lot of money

  • 253. B. It's about independence and the opportunity to share in the American dream

  • 254. C. It's about power and fame

  • 255. D. It is about a lot of things, but it does not include personal achievement

  • Feedback: Although the opportunity to earn big profits is certainly attractive to most entrepreneurs, it is certainly not the only reason. Many entrepreneurs do not enjoy working for others and become entrepreneurs because of the opportunity for independence. Others want the opportunity to share in the American dream.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 150

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Why People Take the Entrepreneurial Challenge

  •  

  • 256. Successful entrepreneurs are self-nurturing. This means they: 

  • 257. A. look to others for strength and encouragement.

  • 258. B. self-finance their business with no assistance from others.

  • 259. C. perform all business operations by themselves.

  • 260. D. believe in themselves and their ideas.

  • Feedback: Self-nurturing individuals have the ability to believe in an idea when no one else does, and to replenish their enthusiasm.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 150-151

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 261. Which of the following statements is characteristic of entrepreneurs? 

  • 262. A. They like certainty

  • 263. B. They have the ability to visualize a clear path

  • 264. C. They look at problems and see opportunities

  • 265. D. They prefer to be inventive rather than worry about whether the invention solves a customer need

  • Feedback: A common characteristic of entrepreneurs is that they like to solve problems. They view a problem or a need as an opportunity.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 150-151

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Turning Your Passions and Problems into Opportunities

  •  

  • 266. Although successful entrepreneurs are more tolerant of uncertainty, 

  • 267. A. they seldom start another business after a failure.

  • 268. B. they develop mental games to see themselves through the risk game, especially.

  • 269. C. they always protect themselves from failure by taking-out lots of insurance.

  • 270. D. they strive to take calculated risks.

  • Feedback: Although tolerant of uncertainty, successful entrepreneurs prefer to take calculated risks. This means that they will explore environmental trends, and do their best to quantify opportunities before taking chances.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 150-151

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 271. Effective entrepreneurial teams combine: 

  • 272. A. creativity with marketing and production experience.

  • 273. B. venture financing, tax benefits, and production economies.

  • 274. C. scientific abilities, capital investment, and marketing skills.

  • 275. D. risk tolerance, debt financing, and international experience.

  • Feedback: The purpose of an entrepreneurial team is to bring together the skills needed to create, produce, and market a new product.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Entrepreneurial Teams

  •  

  • 276. Successful entrepreneurial teams: 

  • 277. A. quickly organize themselves like large corporations.

  • 278. B. assign only one person to new product innovation.

  • 279. C. bring a variety of talent to the business venture.

  • 280. D. outsource most of the details of innovation.

  • Feedback: As its name implies, members of an entrepreneurial team operate as a team. Everyone works together to conceive, develop, and market the product. Team members can combine their talents and creative skills, and bring a variety of expertise to the team.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Entrepreneurial Teams

  •  

  • 281. One reason we have seen continued growth in home-based businesses is: 

  • 282. A. the location offers a more secure operational environment.

  • 283. B. affordable computer and information technology makes it easier to compete.

  • 284. C. people need something to do while they wait to return to work for a large corporation.

  • 285. D. it is less risky to start a home-based business than other types of entrepreneurial ventures.

  • Feedback: Computer technology and information technology have helped level the playing field between large and small businesses. Entrepreneurs can now use affordable technology such as the Internet and PDA's, right at home.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 152-154

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 286. Which of the following statements is not a challenge for home-based businesses? 

  • 287. A. Affordable technology such as the Internet

  • 288. B. Staying focused on the business and leaving home chores for after-business hours

  • 289. C. Using your time wisely

  • 290. D. Promoting your services

  • Feedback: Computer technology and information technology have helped level the playing field between large and small businesses. Entrepreneurs can now use affordable technology such as the Internet and PDA's, right at home.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 152-154

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 291. Affiliate marketing is a web-based business strategy that: 

  • 292. A. relies on customers that enter the sites of large companies such as GAP™ and Nike™.

  • 293. B. asks you to offer the names and emails of ten of your friends who may be interested in the products or services the web-site is selling.

  • 294. C. is currently illegal, but difficult to stop.

  • 295. D. Rewards individuals who are willing to link a company's website to their blog or social network page.

  • Feedback: Affiliate marketing is an Internet-based marketing strategy where a business rewards individuals for each visitor or customer the affiliate sends to its website. The affiliate gives the business permission to plant a widget on the affiliate's blog or social network Page. If a sale is created, the affiliate receives a commission on the sale.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 156

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Web-Based Businesses

  •  

  • 296. Which of the following best describes the difference between an intrapreneur and an entrepreneur? 

  • 297. A. Intrapreneurs start nonprofit organizations while entrepreneurs start profit-seeking businesses

  • 298. B. Intraprenuers are practical while entrepreneurs are creative

  • 299. C. Intrapreneurs work within existing corporations while entrepreneurs assume the risks of starting their own business

  • 300. D. Intrapreneurs limit their efforts to financial investments, while entrepreneurs are involved in the management of all areas of a business

  • Feedback: Intrapreneurs are creative people who work within a corporation to develop new products and generate new profits for the firm. Entrepreneurs start their own businesses, without any financial tie to a larger company.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 157

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: The Age of the Entrepreneur; Entrepreneurship Within Firms

  •  

  • 301. Intrapreneurs make use of __________ to develop and launch new products and generate new profits. 

  • 302. A. their employer's existing human, financial, and physical resources

  • 303. B. their own personal financial resources

  • 304. C. government-supplied physical and financial resources

  • 305. D. old ideas abandoned by entrepreneurs

  • Feedback: The idea behind intrapreneurship is to use a company's existing financial, human, and physical resources to launch new products and generate new profits.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 157

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Entrepreneurship within Firms

  •  

  • 306. Enterprise zones are: 

  • 307. A. government owned properties that are available for entrepreneurial ventures at a reduced cost

  • 308. B. similar to incubator facilities but strictly run by city and state governments

  • 309. C. blighted areas that contained toxic materials making them unsuitable for business operations

  • 310. D. specific locations across the U.S. where entrepreneurs can set-up shop and receive tax breaks for operating in these areas

  • Feedback: Enterprise zones are geographic areas where the government would like to encourage business development. City and state governments will provide business owners tax concessions for developing businesses in these area.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 157-158

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 311. Enterprise zones and investor visas are examples of: 

  • 312. A. government policies that favor large corporations rather than small businesses.

  • 313. B. government programs that encourage economic growth through entrepreneurship.

  • 314. C. government policies designed to encourage intrapreneurs.

  • 315. D. examples of private initiatives to reduce the government's role in the economy.

  • Feedback: Investor visas are designed to attract entrepreneurial immigrants, while enterprise zones are low tax areas where the government offers support services to help new businesses. While these are very different strategies, the purpose of both is to encourage entrepreneurial behavior.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 157-158

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 316. For the past twenty-five years, state and city governments have promoted facilities where new businesses can open-up shop and share common services such as secretarial, accounting, and legal services. Due to their remarkable success rate, _______________ continue to grow in popularity. 

  • 317. A. enterprise zones

  • 318. B. incubators

  • 319. C. intrapreneurial development centers

  • 320. D. venture farms

  • Feedback: Incubator facilities offer new businesses low cost office space with shared receptionist/secretarial, legal, and accounting services.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 158

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 321. The Spotlight on Small Business box "Success Knows No Age", features young people who 

  • 322. A. directed inheritance money they received into profitable business ventures.

  • 323. B. turned a social passion into a business opportunity.

  • 324. C. realized the American dream at a very young age, and now run multi-million dollar companies.

  • 325. D. convinced banks to fund their business ideas.

  • Feedback: The Spotlight on Small Business box features several young persons who turned a passion or a problem into a business opportunity.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 149

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Spotlight on Small Business box

  •  

  • 326. Kenya recently quit a job with a large corporation to start her own business. While she realizes that her decision comes with risk, she is excited for the chance to be independent and by the challenges of running her own firm. Kenya is an example of a(n): 

  • 327. A. intrapreneur.

  • 328. B. entrepreneur.

  • 329. C. venture capitalist.

  • 330. D. raconteur.

  • Feedback: An entrepreneur is someone who accepts the risks of starting and running a business.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 148

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: The Age of the Entrepreneur

  •  

  • 331. Erin developed a new type of exercise equipment she calls the Tush N' Tone. After unsuccessfully searching for potential investors, she arranged a personal loan and borrowed additional money from her parents. Her willingness to continue believing in her idea and remain enthusiastic shows that Erin is: 

  • 332. A. characteristically self-nurturing.

  • 333. B. better suited to managing a nonprofit organization.

  • 334. C. unaware of the risks she was taking.

  • 335. D. not a true entrepreneur.

  • Feedback: Self-nurturing individuals are able to continue believing in an idea and are able to replenish their enthusiasm even when others do not offer support.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 150-151

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 336. Apple Computer's "smart team" is an example of a firm that succeeded by: 

  • 337. A. encouraging each manager to focus on a well defined area of the business and build his own specialized department.

  • 338. B. bringing together a group of talented and experienced managers to conceive, develop, and market products.

  • 339. C. emphasizing a low price and low cost strategy right from the beginning.

  • 340. D. assembling a group of employees whose inexperience was a plus, because they did not come with the baggage and institutional ideas of larger companies.

  • Feedback: Apple's "smart team" is an example of an entrepreneurial team--a group of experienced managers who worked together to conceive, develop, and market products.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Entrepreneurial Teams

  •  

  • 341. Anna recently left a large insurance firm and opened a home-based business preparing medical transcriptions for doctors. Based on recent statistics, she can expect: 

  • 342. A. a negative reaction from friends and family who wonder when she will get a "real" job.

  • 343. B. the emergence of affordable technology will make it less challenging for her to compete with larger firms offering the same service.

  • 344. C. the government will discourage her attempts to create a home-based business in the hopes that she will opt for locating in an enterprise zone.

  • 345. D. to find security, routine and a paycheck from her new enterprise.

  • Feedback: Computer technology has leveled the competitive playing field enabling home-based businesses to look and act as big as their corporate competitors. Web-based business activities allow small firms to reach new markets.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 152-154

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 346. Jake is an innovative engineering graduate who works for a large company that makes adhesive products for commercial and consumer use. One of his primary responsibilities is to initiate and develop new products to complement the firm's current product line. Jake's company is ___________. 

  • 347. A. intrapreneurial

  • 348. B. entrepreneurial

  • 349. C. an outside consultant for other firms

  • 350. D. at a disadvantage because it is trying to operate like a small business

  • Feedback: Intrapreneurs are creative people who work as entrepreneurs within corporations to create new products that will provide returns on investment.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 157

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Entrepreneurship within Firms

  •  

  • 351. Southwest College received a government grant to establish a business incubator. This facility will offer: 

  • 352. A. local government agencies assistance in obtaining funds for urban renewal.

  • 353. B. area businesses advice on employee benefits and ways to reduce taxes.

  • 354. C. venture capitalists an opportunity to identify new entrepreneurs.

  • 355. D. new businesses low-cost office space with basic business services.

  • Feedback: Incubators are created to reduce the start-up capital needed by new firms. Incubators offer assistance in the critical stage of early development with services such as accounting, legal advice, and secretarial help.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 158

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 356. Ketan is an intrapreneur for a multinational electronics company. As an intrapreneur Ketan: 

  • 357. A. is expected to recruit new managerial talent for his firm.

  • 358. B. will use the firm's existing resources to develop new products.

  • 359. C. is concerned mainly with improving the firm's public image.

  • 360. D. will concentrate on creating new ventures that can be spun off to become independent firms.

  • Feedback: An intrapreneur uses a firm's existing financial, human, and physical resources to create new products and generate new profits.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 157

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Entrepreneurship within Firms

  • 361. Yesterday, on Facebook™, one of Pam’s friends suggested that she spread the word about Mia Bella Boutique™, an online company that designs hats and shoes. If Pam’s efforts generate 25 more people to spread the word, Pam will receive 30% off her order. Mia Bella is utilizing ______________ , an effective strategy for increasing awareness and market share for web-based businesses. 

  • 362. A. affiliate marketing

  • 363. B. viral voice

  • 364. C. friend to foe marketing

  • 365. D. guerilla marketing

  • Feedback: Affiliate marketing is an Internet-based marketing strategy whereby a business rewards individuals and other businesses for each visitor or customer that the affiliate sends to its website.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 156

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Web-Based Businesses

  • 366. Juan recently completed 20 years of service in the Army. During this time, he managed to save a little money. He is also entitled to a government pension. His goal is to go back to his home state of Colorado and start a business making small, solar powered panels for residential use. He learned the technique while serving, and he strongly believes there is a need. Although he knows he needs a store front and manufacturing site, he is not 100% convinced about where to locate. He knows for certain that one of his top priorities is to limit his tax liability associated with this new business. Your suggestion for Juan is: 

  • 367. A. Make certain he is deeply passionate about the product he is developing, before he explores the need.

  • 368. B. Keep it small, especially in the beginning.

  • 369. C. Take out a lot of insurance in case he finds out that he has not paid enough taxes.

  • 370. D. Check out the enterprise zones in Colorado.

  • Feedback: Enterprise zones are geographic areas usually set up by state governments. In order to attract small business to these areas, the government provides tax breaks if a business decides to locate its operation in one of these zones.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 157-158

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 371. Pete inherited a thriving dry cleaning business from his father and mother. He continued the tradition of offering quality service to the customers he served. As the surrounding towns expanded, several people suggested that Pete expand the business to offer service in new locations. He chose to maintain only one operation, so as not to lose control and to keep his work life and home life balanced. Pete is a good example of a(n) ______________. 

  • 372. A. small business affiliate

  • 373. B. intrapreneur

  • 374. C. micropreneur

  • 375. D. enterprise zone participant

  • Feedback: Micropreneurs are interested in a balanced lifestyle. They generally like what they are doing and do not aspire to grow the business. They know they can be content remaining small and producing quality products and services to their limited market.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Micropreneurs and Home-Based Business

  •  

  • 376. Located on Monsanto's world headquarters campus, the Nidus Center is a unique ___________ facility. The tenants are biotechnology companies who are at various stages of product development. The agricultural giant, Monsanto, the Danforth Foundation, Washington University St. Louis, St. Louis University, and several venture capital firms contribute seed money for these small start-up ventures that receive approval to further develop their ideas at the Nidus Center. 

  • 377. A. incubator

  • 378. B. intrapreneurial

  • 379. C. enterprise zone

  • 380. D. micropreneurial

  • Feedback: Incubator facilities offer new businesses in the critical stages of early development low-cost offices, and in this case, laboratory space and shared business services.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 158

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Encouraging Entrepreneurship: What Government Can Do

  •  

  • 381. Small businesses: 

  • 382. A. deal with similar management issues that large companies face.

  • 383. B. deal with very different management issues due to the very different management challenges experienced by small businesses.

  • 384. C. do not seek government funding due to the fact that the federal government has made it very clear that it must support large operations before small operations.

  • 385. D. concern themselves with state-of-the-art information and accounting technology but not employee relations due to their challenge to financially support employee benefits programs.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Started in Small Business

  •  

  • 386. The Small Business Administration defines a small business as a firm that: 

  • 387. A. has fewer than 100 partners.

  • 388. B. is independently owned but not dominant in its industry.

  • 389. C. is dominant in its industry, but small in the number of workers it employs.

  • 390. D. has annual receipts of more than a specified amount depending upon the industry.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 391. Small businesses create about __________ percent of the new jobs in the United States. 

  • 392. A. 5-10

  • 393. B. 25-35

  • 394. C. 60-80

  • 395. D. 100

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Importance of Small Business

  •  

  • 396. A business's size is measured: 

  • 397. A. in relation to the number of competitors in its industry.

  • 398. B. in relation to other firms in its industry.

  • 399. C. in relation to the number of dominant competitors in its sector.

  • 400. D. as small, if it participates in the services sector.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 401. According to economist Bruce Kirchhoff, small business failures are: 

  • 402. A. lower than traditionally reported.

  • 403. B. understated to keep small business creation enthusiasm.

  • 404. C. accurate and alarming.

  • 405. D. inconclusive.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 160

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

  • 406. When comparing small businesses to their larger competitors, it is clear that: 

  • 407. A. bigger is always better.

  • 408. B. small firms can always outperform big firms on a level playing field.

  • 409. C. small firms often can offer more personalized customer services than big firms.

  • 410. D. small firms are slower to respond to opportunities than are large firms.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 160-161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Importance of Small Business

  •  

  • 411. Which of the following is not a reason stated for small business failure? 

  • 412. A. Managerial incompetence

  • 413. B. Inadequate financial planning

  • 414. C. Buying too little on credit and not being lenient enough with your credit paying customers

  • 415. D. Borrowing money without a plan of how and when you will repay the debt

  • Feedback: Figure 6.3 lists several reasons that small business fail, but they do not fail because the owner did not buy enough on credit, nor do they fail because the owner was not lenient to credit paying customers. They do fail due to managerial incompetence, inadequate financial planning, and borrowing too much money without a plan for repayment.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 160

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Figure 6.3

  •  

  • 416. Which of the following will not help your small business succeed? 

  • 417. A. Services you perform are easily replicated by larger companies, such as online banking

  • 418. B. You provide a unique service that requires a significant amount of personal attention such as a service that provides in-home care for seniors

  • 419. C. Investing in a franchise

  • 420. D. Your product is not easily mass produced, like professional photography

  • Feedback: If your services are easily replicated by large companies, your chance of success is suspect. However, if you provide a unique service that is labor intensive and requires a lot of personal attention, it has a better chance of success. If you provide an artistic endeavor such as musicians, writers, and photographers, your uniqueness may be difficult to replicate.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Figure 6.4, Situations for Small-Business Success

  •  

  • 421. Small businesses are important to the U.S. economy because: 

  • 422. A. they fill-in the gaps when large businesses want to let workers go on vacation; or when large businesses want to temporarily cease production

  • 423. B. banks and other financial services companies would not have borrowing customers, because small businesses borrow more than large businesses

  • 424. C. they pay most of the tax revenue collected by the U.S. government

  • 425. D. they create over 60% of new jobs each year and generate over 50% of the U.S. GDP

  • Feedback: According to the textbook, small businesses contribute to a significant amount of yearly job creation and account for more than 50% of the U.S. gross domestic product.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 426. Using the analogy of boulders vs. sand for filling a hole, the textbook points out that: 

  • 427. A. small businesses are employing a record number of employees because they have to work twice as hard at producing the same amount of output as a large competitor.

  • 428. B. small businesses can serve niche markets that larger firms do not serve well.

  • 429. C. the sand represents the small businesses that start and fail each year, while the boulders represent the large companies whose resources permit them to stay the course.

  • 430. D. large companies serve market niches so much better than small companies.

  • Feedback: There are lots of opportunities and plenty of room for small companies to serve small underserved markets. The boulders represent large firms, who leave a lot of space in the hole which smaller firms represented by grains of sand can fill.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 159-160

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: The Importance of Small Business

  •  

  • 431. Which of the following employment statistics about small businesses is true? 

  • 432. A. Small businesses create about 15% of all new jobs in the U.S.

  • 433. B. The number of women owning small businesses has remained constant.

  • 434. C. A great majority of American workers find their first jobs with a small business.

  • 435. D. Growth of minority-owned businesses in the U.S. is declining.

  • Feedback: Small businesses create about 60-80% of all new jobs in the U.S. The number of women and minorities owning small business has increased rapidly. About 80 percent of Americans find their first jobs in small businesses.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 436. According to SBA guidelines, a manufacturing firm with 1,000 employees: 

  • 437. A. would be classified as a large firm in the industrial sector.

  • 438. B. may be classified as a small business depending upon the size of other firms in the industry.

  • 439. C. is too small to achieve the efficiencies of large scale production.

  • 440. D. is classified as an S corporation.

  • Feedback: The criteria used by the SBA differ according to the type of firm. In manufacturing, a firm can have up to 1,500 workers and still be classified as a small business. However, the SBA classifies a firm as small only in relation to other businesses in its industry.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 441. Which of the following statements accurately depicts an advantage that small business has over big business? 

  • 442. A. If the small business owner can project his business as being big, if not very similar to big businesses that sell in the same industry, then he will realize a significant advantage.

  • 443. B. The size of the business (small being better in this case) is an important consideration in the management of legal, payroll, and tax concerns.

  • 444. C. A small business can maneuver and change quicker than most large businesses can. It can react to market conditions and customer concerns much faster.

  • 445. D. The slower pace of small businesses translates into better quality for its customers.

  • Feedback: Typically, small businesses can react to customer needs and embrace change at a faster pace. An advantage is the ability to know their customers better and to adapt to customer needs.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 159-160

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  • 446. Entrepreneurs looking for a business that gives them the best opportunity to get rich should consider starting a business in: 

  • 447. A. the manufacturing sector.

  • 448. B. the food service industry.

  • 449. C. a low risk industry.

  • 450. D. the agriculture sector.

  • Feedback: Businesses with the greatest potential to make the owner rich are those that are both hard to start and hard to keep going (manufacturing).

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

  • 451. A review of small business successes and failures indicates that the: 

  • 452. A. businesses that are easiest to start offer the greatest potential for long term growth and profits.

  • 453. B. restaurant industry offers the least risk for entrepreneurs.

  • 454. C. businesses with potential of high profit levels tend to be difficult to start and hard to keep going.

  • 455. D. reason the service sector is rapidly growing is that these firms are easy to start and keep going, and offer high levels of security and growth potential.

  • Feedback: Firms that offer growth, and the potential for high profits, are often the same businesses that are hard to start and hard to keep going.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

  • 456. After graduation, Manny focused his attention on finding full time employment. He has decided to narrow his job search to jobs with a major corporation. His job search strategy: 

  • 457. A. makes sense because managerial skills are best developed by working for big firms.

  • 458. B. is smart because major corporations represent the most important source of employment growth in the United States.

  • 459. C. indicates that Manny's passion is to fulfill his dream of owning his own business.

  • 460. D. will likely limit his job prospects since most new jobs are with small businesses.

  • Feedback: In recent years many major corporations have downsized. The text identifies statistics that small businesses create 60-80 percent of new jobs and 80% of Americans find their first jobs in small businesses.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Small versus Big Business

  •  

  • 461. After several years of working as a regional manager for a nationally known nonprofit, Janelle landed a management position with an innovative small business. If she accepts the job offer, she is likely to find that: 

  • 462. A. due to the significant differences in large and small firms, her previous experience will be of little value in her new position.

  • 463. B. the principles of management are much the same at large and small firms.

  • 464. C. nonprofit organizations are motivated by their desire to help people and so financial management is of little concern.

  • 465. D. planning is more important to a nonprofit organization and less important to a small business so she will need to adjust the time she spends on the planning function.

  • Feedback: The principles of managing a small business are very similar to those needed to manage a large corporation or a nonprofit organization such as a charity.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 159

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Getting Started in Small Business

  •  

  • 466. As a result of corporate downsizing, Alex lost his job as an information systems manager for a large telecommunications company. A bonafide computer geek in his own right, Alex knew that several of his past company contacts often outsourced their computer problems. He decided it was a good time to test the waters and see if he could secure enough computer clients to be in business for himself. His success demonstrated that: 

  • 467. A. starting your own business can quickly provide security and profits.

  • 468. B. people always tend to hire people they know from past associations.

  • 469. C. the service sector is not an area of significant growth.

  • 470. D. successful big businesses often create profitable opportunities for small businesses.

  • Feedback: As big businesses downsize, they often find that they do not always have the staff they need and are increasingly contracting with small companies to temporarily fill their needs through outsourcing. Big businesses don't serve all the needs of the market. There is plenty of room for small companies to make a profit filling those niches.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 159-160

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: The Importance of Small Business

  •  

  • 471. After selling his software business for a sizeable profit, software engineer Gus Greene decided to try something different. He would become a general contractor on a large condo development in an upcoming area of Atlanta, Georgia. He invested several million and then borrowed another $30 million (or 75% of the project cost) from a lending institution. He based his borrowing risk on the assumption that the housing market would continue to appreciate for several years to come. As the housing market began a free-fall in early 2008 and continued into 2010, Gus saw his business crashing around him. Sales were very meager and the bank wanted its money back. Which of the following statements might best describe the reason Gus' business failed? 

  • 472. A. Although Gus took some risk, it wasn't enough. In business, it is "more risk, more expected reward!"

  • 473. B. The bank let Gus down. It should not have lent him that much money.

  • 474. C. He should have designated himself as a passive investor. Therefore, his investment would not be in jeopardy.

  • 475. D. Gus went into the business with very little knowledge about the industry or the market.

  • Feedback: One reason that we experience business failure is that the management has little experience in the industry, and/or knowledge of the market and market conditions.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 160

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Figure 6.3, Causes of Small Business Failure

  •  

  • 476. Jennifer, a talented photography major started a corporate photography business. She planned to solicit jobs from large corporations who needed pictures for their annual reports and websites. Although filling a unique niche, Jennifer needed the security that the business would thrive and that she would earn enough to support herself and her child. She also hoped that she would spend less time each day calling on potential clients and more time doing the actual shoots. As her small business consultant, which of the following suggestions would you have for Jennifer? 

  • 477. A. Jennifer should either take the risk necessary to develop a small business, or go to work for someone else.

  • 478. B. In the beginning, it's doubtful that Jennifer will realize ease of entry, security, and good profits. She needs to make plans in the event that one or more of these does not materialize quickly.

  • 479. C. Photographers can take pictures of a multitude of things. It's probably not good strategy to limit her business to only photographing the needs of large corporations.

  • 480. D. Jennifer should definitely make time for herself each day so that she does not experience burn-out. If she plans well, leaping into her own business will provide with her several hours of unstructured time each day where she can perfect her craft even more.

  • Feedback: Prospective small business owners should be aware that it is unlikely that easy of entry into a market, security, and reward will come all at once. At least in the beginning, if you need security, you may have to pursue the business idea on the side. However, the trade-off is that you will probably have to forego rapid rewards since you are spending only part of your time in developing the business.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 160-161

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

  • 481. Dr. Smiley White just graduated from dental school. He is hoping to acquire the necessary funding to start his own dental practice. One advantage of this type of business is: 

  • 482. A. above average opportunity to borrow funds at a high interest rate

  • 483. B. nearly unlimited growth potential

  • 484. C. the service is individualized and not easily mass-produced

  • 485. D. very low startup costs

  • Feedback: Healthcare businesses that require advanced technical degrees get licensed generally have a good chance of success due to the individualized attention necessary to perform the service.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 160-161

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

  • 486. Jayne started a small bakery in a resort town. She was certain she had the ideal location, with plenty of hotels and inns within walking distance of her establishment. She planned to use her grandmother’s recipes, using only the finest ingredients for her upscale resort customers. During the first week of business, she was disappointed with lackluster sales. When she drove past the regular breakfast style restaurants and even the Starbucks™, she noticed they were rather bustling. Jayne most likely: 

  • 487. A. Did not publicize in the appropriate places.

  • 488. B. Underestimated the competition.

  • 489. C. Should have considered weather conditions before assuming that her business would be vibrant.

  • 490. D. Did not consider that small businesses never get the name recognition in resort towns that larger businesses and franchises realize.

  • Feedback: Underestimating the amount of competition in your service area is a reason some small businesses falter or fail.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 160-161

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  • 491. John, James, and Frank wanted to open J2F Sports Bar that offers unique brands of beer, weekend entertainment, and a limited menu. In one of the preliminary meetings, James presented a list of reasons that small businesses fail. Although many of the ideas on this list were applicable to many types of business, one challenge pertained specifically to the restaurant and bar business. The challenge he referred to was: 

  • 492. A. Underestimating how much time it will take to build a market.

  • 493. B. Borrowing money without planning just how and when to pay it back.

  • 494. C. Carrying habits of personal extravagance into the business.

  • 495. D. Some of the easiest businesses to start have the least growth and greatest failure rate.

  • Feedback: The easiest businesses to start have the least growth and greatest failure rates. Examples of a business that is easy to start is the restaurant or bar business.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 161

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  • 496. When Krystal Ginger graduates from culinary school she dreams of opening her own Asian fusion restaurant. Her other passion is skiing in Colorado, where she schedules four or five trips each year. As her small business advisor, you believe it necessary to provide her with information that will help her make good business decisions. Which of the following would be helpful for Krystal to know? 

  • 497. A. Restaurants are relatively easy businesses to start, but are labor intensive and also have the greatest failure rate.

  • 498. B. Restaurants are not the easiest type of business to start, but once you get it going, you will have plenty of time for skiing.

  • 499. C. Most restaurant owners get rich if they open their own, independent restaurant as opposed to starting a franchised operation.

  • 500. D. Franchised operations will take less time on the part of the owner than a regular independently owned operation. If she opens a franchise, she will have more time for creativity in the business, and more time for skiing too.

  • Feedback: Restaurants fall into the category of a relatively easy business to start, but with not much growth rate, and a high risk of failure. Businesses with the highest profit potential are also those that are more difficult to start. Usually the start-up funds are prohibitive for many entrepreneurs.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 161

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

  • 501. A small business management course at a community college may offer entrepreneurs an opportunity to: 

  • 502. A. meet with experienced entrepreneurs and learn from their advice.

  • 503. B. try out ideas on a computer simulation before risking real time and money.

  • 504. C. listen to a qualified instructor solve all of the problems of small business owners.

  • 505. D. be part of a group that will include angel investors.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 161-162

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Learn from Others

  •  

  • 506. One way to get into business is to buy an existing company. The value of the business used to determine a fair purchase price is based on: 

  • 507. A. the prospects for business competition.

  • 508. B. the current owner's retirement plan.

  • 509. C. the amount of government contracts the company has.

  • 510. D. the value of what the business owns, what it earns, and what makes it unique.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 162-163

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Take Over a Successful Firm

  •  

  • 511. Conversations with people who start their own business often reveal that: 

  • 512. A. many small business owners got their entrepreneurial idea from a previous job.

  • 513. B. it is unusual for experienced corporate managers to start their own businesses.

  • 514. C. the most successful entrepreneurs often start their business ventures right after high school.

  • 515. D. most small business owners begin with significant personal wealth.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 162

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Get Some Experience

  •  

  • 516. For prospective entrepreneurs, enrolling in an introduction to business or small business management course offered through their community college: 

  • 517. A. is likely to be wasted time since college courses tend to be too theoretical.

  • 518. B. can be helpful by offering them an opportunity to meet experienced small business owners.

  • 519. C. serves as supplementary information, only after starting their business venture.

  • 520. D. seldom provides you with information to help make small business decisions.

  • Feedback: One of the best things about small business courses offered by community colleges is that they can bring together entrepreneurs. The advice experienced entrepreneurs can share with those just getting started can be invaluable.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 161-162

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Learn from Others

  •  

  • 521. Which of the following suggestions would an experienced business owner offer to help someone who is thinking about starting a business venture? 

  • 522. A. Avoid the temptation of buying an existing firm. Build your own reputation and make your own mistakes.

  • 523. B. Gain experience by working for a successful businessperson.

  • 524. C. Postpone consulting with an accountant or lawyer until you can afford their services.

  • 525. D. Jump in quickly, before the market conditions change and opportunities are lost.

  • Feedback: Experienced entrepreneurs regularly state that there is no better way to learn small business management than by working for a successful businessperson.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 162

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Get Some Experience

  •  

  • 526. Successful small business owners are: 

  • 527. A. not good sources for information on starting your own business because they generally do not understand failure.

  • 528. B. valuable sources for information since you can learn from their experiences.

  • 529. C. good but risky since their keen sense of sniffing-out something with potential will tempt them to steal your ideas.

  • 530. D. valuable sources of information, but you should proceed with caution because talking with someone who could eventually be your competitor may cross the line due to federal trade commission laws.

  • Feedback: An excellent way to learn how to run a small business is to talk to others who have already done it.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 161-162

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Learn from Others

  •  

  • 531. When starting a small business, it's important to remember: 

  • 532. A. an affinity for taking large amounts of risk is the critical factor in achieving small business success.

  • 533. B. doing things differently from previous entrepreneurs is the real key to success.

  • 534. C. learning from others and gaining relevant business experience improves the odds for success.

  • 535. D. to avoid burnout, limit the number of hours you work each week as you adapt to the rigors of self-employment.

  • Feedback: Learning from others and getting some experience are two keys to achieving success in small business.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 161-162

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Learn from Others

  •  

  • 536. The Making Ethical Decisions box, "Going Down with the Ship" addresses a dilemma worthy of consideration. It describes: 

  • 537. A. an unethical situation where the business owner's need for capital causes him/her to delay all payments to suppliers for 120 days, forcing several of his close business relationships, out-of-business.

  • 538. B. the slow death of a business and how important it is to delay payments, sell-off assets and do everything possible to save a failing business except dismissing employees who need their jobs for survival.

  • 539. C. ethical decisions that need to be considered when employees leave a faltering business to start their own, eventually competing against their previous employer.

  • 540. D. the unethical and disloyal decision to leave your family business and start your own, taking with you all the family business's trade secrets.

  • Feedback: The box describes a situation where employees have ideas of how to make a failing business model successful. They choose to leave the faltering company and go out on their own. As competitors, do they seek to communicate directly with their previous employer's loyal customers; or, is this strategy unethical? The box asks the student to explore the alternatives and the consequences.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 162

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Making Ethical Decisions box

  •  

  • 541. Motivated by his desire to operate his own business, Nick considers purchasing an existing business. As he carefully weighs this option, he is likely to find that: 

  • 542. A. very few owners of small businesses have any interest in selling.

  • 543. B. his potential for success would greatly improve if he started his own new firm.

  • 544. C. the value of an existing business is determined by what the business owns, what it earns, and what makes it unique.

  • 545. D. any entrepreneur willing to sell his/her business is experiencing serious financial problems.

  • Feedback: The value of a firm is based on three things: what it owns, what it earns, and what makes it unique.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 162-163

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Take Over a Successful Firm

  •  

  • 546. Carrie, a student at Metropolitan Community College, dreams of starting her own business. In an effort to learn as much as she can about small business management, she talked to four friends who each offered their advice. Which of these suggestions is likely to help Carrie the most? 

  • 547. A. The best way to learn about running a business is by getting hands-on experience. You should quit school and put your dream into action.

  • 548. B. Take courses related to small business management and look for a job with a successful businessperson, preferably in your field of interest.

  • 549. C. Since every business is unique, don't worry about advice from others. Go to a bank, get a business loan, and live your dream.

  • 550. D. Starting and managing a small business requires little more than common sense. If your idea is unique, hard work will guarantee your success.

  • Feedback: College courses will allow Carrie to interact with others interested in small businesses, including experienced entrepreneurs, whose advice can be invaluable. Perhaps the best way to learn about running a small business is to get some experience by serving as an apprentice for a successful business.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 161-162

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Learn from Others

  •  

  • 551. Greg benefited from his experience working for an established private company that provided innovative lighting for large music venues. Although confident that he could start his own lighting business, he had limited capital to buy the necessary equipment needed to successfully compete with established companies. Which of the following strategies would best help Greg achieve his goal of business ownership? 

  • 552. A. Begin by offering to take over management of his employer's business, allowing the owner to enjoy some leisure time

  • 553. B. Consider working for a major corporation, live modestly, and save until he has sufficient funds to start his business

  • 554. C. Enroll in the closest university and apply for student loans

  • 555. D. Open his business and trust that his work experience will bring him success even with insufficient capital

  • Feedback: Small-business owners work long hours and rarely take vacations. After many years, they may want to enjoy some leisure time, but feel trapped by the need to always be there. This offers an opportunity for aspiring entrepreneurs to learn all about a particular business and perhaps share in the profits while at the same time help the owner realize a better work - life balance.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 162-163

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Take Over a Successful Firm

  •  

  • 556. As a young boy, Drew remembers his grandfather telling him, "Son, if you can find something you like to do, and somebody is willing to pay you to do it, well, that's the secret to a great life." The way Drew saw it, this was his big break. For the past five years, he split his time between school and working for a local tree farm/nursery business. The owner recently announced he was ready to retire. As Drew began creating a business plan, he contemplated what the business might be worth? How much will he need to buy this business? For starters, Drew 

  • 557. A. needs to find a government data base that outlines what nursery businesses are worth, on average, across the country.

  • 558. B. should speak with the current owner and determine the total value of assets (what the business owns), its earning potential, and its unique advantage.

  • 559. C. will want to determine the assessed value of the acreage that the business owns, and then bid competitively.

  • 560. D. needs to understand that it's difficult to buy an existing business, rather than start your own. The key will be to meet with the company's accountant, and explain your interest. The accountant will have all the answers.

  • Feedback: When preparing to buy an existing business, a good start is to determine the total value of what the business owns; what the business earns and future potential earnings, and what makes the business unique in its industry.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 163

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Take Over a Successful Firm

  •  

  • 561. Two key management functions that need particular attention when starting a business are: 

  • 562. A. human relations and accounting

  • 563. B. planning and financing

  • 564. C. marketing and public relations

  • 565. D. staffing and controlling

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 163

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing a Small Business

  •  

  • 566. A __________ is a written document that details the business idea, the target market and the business's competitive advantage, financial resources available for the business, and the qualification of the management. 

  • 567. A. feasibility product

  • 568. B. marketing plan

  • 569. C. business plan

  • 570. D. statement of intent

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 571. The business plan will include ______________. 

  • 572. A. an analysis of the competition

  • 573. B. names of banks the owner plans to visit

  • 574. C. import/export information

  • 575. D. names of employees

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 576. A detailed written statement that describes the nature of the business, the target market, the firm's competitive advantages, as well as the owner's resources and qualifications is a: 

  • 577. A. business plan.

  • 578. B. entrepreneurial mission statement.

  • 579. C. profit and loss statement.

  • 580. D. professional action plan.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 581. Entrepreneurs seeking financial support from bankers and potential investors should: 

  • 582. A. be vague regarding their creative business plan to avoid having their idea stolen.

  • 583. B. seek the bankers' and investors' assistance in developing their business plan.

  • 584. C. create a detailed business plan to help the bankers and investors understand why this business will succeed.

  • 585. D. ask for a relatively small amount of capital initially, postponing a full funding request until the investors better understand the business concept.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 586. Bankers and potential investors are likely to read ___________ first. 

  • 587. A. the executive summary

  • 588. B. the marketing plan

  • 589. C. the qualifications of the management team

  • 590. D. the analysis of the competition

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Writing a Business Plan

  •  

  • 591. After personal savings, the next largest source of capital for entrepreneurs is from: 

  • 592. A. large multinational banks.

  • 593. B. the Small Business Administration.

  • 594. C. state and local governments.

  • 595. D. friends and family.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 596. ________ are private individuals who invest their own money in potentially hot new companies before these firms become larger, publicly traded companies. 

  • 597. A. Leveraged buyout specialists

  • 598. B. Angel investors

  • 599. C. Venture investors

  • 600. D. Corporate raider investors

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 166

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 601. Due to the credit crunch during the recession of 2008, many small businesses found that _____________ were more willing to lend money to smaller operations. 

  • 602. A. large corporations

  • 603. B. credit card companies

  • 604. C. international banks

  • 605. D. smaller, community banks

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 166

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 606. A firm or individual providing financial capital to small businesses in exchange for an ownership stake in the company is called a: 

  • 607. A. corporate raider.

  • 608. B. takeover specialist.

  • 609. C. financial capitalist.

  • 610. D. venture capitalist.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 167

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 611. Which of the following government agencies is responsible for encouraging the development of small business? 

  • 612. A. Small Business Administration

  • 613. B. Federal Trade Commission

  • 614. C. Entrepreneur Assistance Center

  • 615. D. Federal Microloan Authority

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 168

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Small Business Administration (SBA)

  •  

  • 616. Which of the following sources of investment is the least likely type available to entrepreneurs? 

  • 617. A. Angel investors

  • 618. B. Small Business Administration loans

  • 619. C. Venture capitalists

  • 620. D. Family and friends

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 167

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 621. The Small Business Administration's microloan program awards loans to entrepreneurs based primarily on their: 

  • 622. A. collateral.

  • 623. B. credit history.

  • 624. C. previous business success.

  • 625. D. integrity and sound business idea.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 168

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Small Business Administration (SBA)

  •  

  • 626. A Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) is a(n): 

  • 627. A. agency of the federal government that loans money to high tech firms.

  • 628. B. private investment company that is licensed by the SBA to make loans to small businesses.

  • 629. C. private firm that offers loans to small businesses in return for a share of ownership in the firm.

  • 630. D. agency set up by state governments to provide managerial advice and support to small businesses.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 168

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Small Business Administration (SBA)

  •  

  • 631. One of the best places for young entrepreneurs to start shopping for a SBA loan is a: 

  • 632. A. Small Business Development Center.

  • 633. B. financial institution specializing in business loans.

  • 634. C. college or university financial aid office.

  • 635. D. the Internet webpage: of the Venture Capitalists Association.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 168

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Small Business Administration (SBA)

  •  

  • 636. A ________ refers to people with unsatisfied wants and needs who are willing and able to buy a product or service. 

  • 637. A. market

  • 638. B. consumer cooperative

  • 639. C. consumer collective

  • 640. D. buyer's cooperative

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Knowing Your Customers

  •  

  • 641. To be considered part of a market, an individual must: 

  • 642. A. be a registered buyer.

  • 643. B. have made a purchase within the past 30 days.

  • 644. C. know the names and addresses of two or more sellers.

  • 645. D. have both a willingness to buy and the financial resources needed to buy.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Knowing Your Customers

  •  

  • 646. Small business owners often struggle in attracting qualified workers. Which of the following contributes to this problem? 

  • 647. A. Bosses in small firms tend to be disrespectful to the workers

  • 648. B. Owners will not often listen to ideas suggested by the workers

  • 649. C. Employee relations are especially poor in small firms

  • 650. D. Many jobs in small firms have low pay and few benefits

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing Employees

  •  

  • 651. Employees of small businesses often have greater job satisfaction than do employees of larger firms. One reason for this difference in job satisfaction is that employees of small businesses often: 

  • 652. A. earn higher wages.

  • 653. B. receive more vacation time.

  • 654. C. get more respect from their bosses.

  • 655. D. have more job security and better fringe benefits.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing Employees

  •  

  • 656. A new business that sets up a(n) _____________ from the start is saving itself time and grief later. 

  • 657. A. angel investment network

  • 658. B. good accounting system

  • 659. C. detailed supplier network

  • 660. D. vertical marketing system

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 170

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Keeping Records

  •  

  • 661. Small businesses must seek advice from outside experts. In order to put together official documents such as leases, contracts, and partnership agreements, it is important to seek the advice of __________. 

  • 662. A. a friend who has already started a business

  • 663. B. a competitor in a similar business

  • 664. C. an attorney

  • 665. D. a marketing expert

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 170

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Looking for Help

  •  

  • 666. A(n) ____________ is a valuable source of information regarding techniques to reduce a firm's exposure to risk. 

  • 667. A. insurance agent

  • 668. B. accountant

  • 669. C. liability assessor

  • 670. D. union business agent

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 171

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Looking for Help

  •  

  • 671. Similar to how large businesses proceed, small businesses make marketing decisions ______________. 

  • 672. A. after the product or service is developed

  • 673. B. before the business is funded

  • 674. C. at the same time that they hire employees, research for an accountant, and prepare the business plan

  • 675. D. before a product is developed or store is opened

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 170-171

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Looking for Help

  •  

  • 676. The Small Business Administration sponsors volunteers from industry, trade associations, and education who offer advice to small business owners. These volunteers are called: 

  • 677. A. the Small Business Council of Volunteers.

  • 678. B. Partners in Service and Economic Progress.

  • 679. C. Small Business Counselors Incorporated.

  • 680. D. the Service Corps of Retired Executives.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 171

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Looking for Help

  •  

  • 681. Entrepreneurs applying for a bank loan should realize that bankers will: 

  • 682. A. expect to receive a share of ownership in the business in exchange for their loan.

  • 683. B. expect the entrepreneur to provide a business plan.

  • 684. C. generally make loans only to small businesses in dot.com related industries.

  • 685. D. offer only short-term financing.

  • Feedback: A well-prepared business plan is mandatory when seeking financial assistance from a bank or other investors.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 686. A good business plan will: 

  • 687. A. focus on the big picture and omit the small details of operating the business.

  • 688. B. describe all aspects of the business, including product, the target market, the nature of the competition, any financial resources, and the owner's qualifications.

  • 689. C. be purposefully vague, since specifics can restrict creativity and flexibility.

  • 690. D. focus on the nature of the business and the target market, omitting personal information about the owner in order to avoid personality issues.

  • Feedback: A business plan is a detailed written statement that describes the nature of the business, the target market, the advantages the business will have relative to competitors and the resources and qualifications of the owner.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 691. The executive summary section of the business plan contains: 

  • 692. A. computerized information that readers can access interactively.

  • 693. B. information that will capture the attention of bankers and other investors who receive many business plans every day.

  • 694. C. qualifications, experience, and education of the entrepreneur and prospective employees.

  • 695. D. a financial summary prepared by the business' accountant.

  • Feedback: The executive summary must grab the reader's attention. In some cases, it is the only part that some decision makers will read.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Writing a Business Plan

  •  

  • 696. When seeking financial backing from a venture capitalist, a small business owner should realize that the venture capitalist will: 

  • 697. A. charge an interest rate that is much higher than any other lender.

  • 698. B. not be interested in the management of the business.

  • 699. C. expect an ownership stake in the company in exchange for financial backing.

  • 700. D. demand that the money be repaid within 90 days or less.

  • Feedback: Venture capitalists often ask for a hefty ownership stake in a business in exchange for the cash needed to get that business started.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 167

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 701. A market consists of potential buyers of a good or service. However, for a market to exist: 

  • 702. A. the business requires wholesalers and retailers.

  • 703. B. one firm must dominate in sales and product development.

  • 704. C. people must have unsatisfied wants and needs as well as a willingness and ability to buy.

  • 705. D. the product must be laboratory tested and approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA).

  • Feedback: A market consists of people who have unsatisfied wants and both the willingness and the resources necessary to buy the good or service.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Knowing Your Customers

  •  

  • 706. Small business employees: 

  • 707. A. usually dislike their jobs and look forward to finding employment with major corporations.

  • 708. B. find their jobs less challenging than a similar job in a large corporation.

  • 709. C. usually get paid higher wages than workers in large corporations.

  • 710. D. often find more job satisfaction than their counterparts in big business.

  • Feedback: Employees in small businesses are often more satisfied with their jobs than their counterparts in big business because their jobs are more challenging, their ideas are more accepted, and their bosses are more respectful.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Managing Employees

  •  

  • 711. Entrepreneurs learn that there are many legal and financial issues involved in starting their business. The best way for the small business owner to resolve these issues and protect the firm's resources is: 

  • 712. A. for the owner(s) to trust his/her common sense.

  • 713. B. to hire a full-time lawyer and accountant who work exclusively for the small business.

  • 714. C. defer making decisions regarding these issues until the company is bigger.

  • 715. D. seek and pay for expert guidance and assistance.

  • Feedback: Legal and accounting issues are often too complex to trust to instinct and too important and immediate to defer to a later date. Unfortunately, most small businesses cannot afford to hire lawyers and accountants as employees. Thus, the best approach is to consult with professional accountants, lawyers, loan officers, and insurance agents outside the business.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 170-171

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Keeping Records; Looking for Help

  •  

  • 716. Which of the following is not a recommended source of small business advice for persons contemplating a new business? 

  • 717. A. Successful small business owners

  • 718. B. University internship programs

  • 719. C. Other prospective small business owners

  • 720. D. SCORE [Service Corps of Retired Executives]

  • Feedback: SCORE volunteers, successful small business owners, and university and college internship programs will often work with entrepreneurs and prospective small business owners. Generally, other persons contemplating the same thing are not the best source of information because they are learning and gathering information too.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 170-171

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Looking for Help

  •  

  • 721. In order to finance The Shortbread Shack, a mobile bakery business that services several large Silicon Valley companies, Marcy demonstrated her steadfast desire to get her bakery off the ground by visiting several bankers with _____________. 

  • 722. A. her insurance agent

  • 723. B. her business plan

  • 724. C. her venture capitalist

  • 725. D. her idea

  • Feedback: A business plan provides a detailed written statement of the nature of a firm, its target market, its competitive advantages, and the resources and qualifications of its owner.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 726. In order to improve his chances of small business success, Demitri prepared a business plan. Most often, a positive outcome of this exercise is: 

  • 727. A. the plan will meet federal reporting requirements of the Internal Revenue Service.

  • 728. B. the plan ensures financing will be available from the Small Business Administration.

  • 729. C. the plan enables Demitri to think carefully about all aspects of his business idea.

  • 730. D. the plan will protect Demitri from failure.

  • Feedback: A business plan is a detailed written statement that describes the nature of a business. Writing a plan forces the entrepreneur to look closely at all areas of the proposed business.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 731. After several years of volunteering to play the piano and sing at a local nursing home, Callie decided the time was right to tap into the growing elder care market. She started Music and Memories, Inc., a nonprofit corporation that would hire local talent to perform her own music productions directed toward this market. In order to write and produce several productions each year, Callie needed start-up funds. An instructor at the local community college suggested that she begin by ______________, because this effort would serve as her “calling card” for interested investors, as well as government grant applications that Callie might pursue. 

  • 732. A. preparing her business plan

  • 733. B. finding talented performers

  • 734. C. writing themed performances such as a Thanksgiving concert and a Valentine’s Day concert

  • 735. D. developing a list of start-up costs

  • Feedback: The business plan is a comprehensive document that addresses every aspect of the business. It incorporates a marketing plan and a financial plan, and introduces the management and operations of the firm to the reader. An executive summary at the beginning of the document should catch the reader’s attention and interest and position the business by stating its competitive advantage.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Writing a Business Plan

  • 736. Justin's favorite part of Introduction to Business class was marketing. As he brainstorms about starting a car detailing business, he recalls that it is important to: 

  • 737. A. open for business and start collecting information about what customers want.

  • 738. B. find the most affordable location for the business.

  • 739. C. only agree to serve a high-end market.

  • 740. D. analyze the market before making the service available.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 170-171

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Looking for Help

  •  

  • 741. As a high net worth individual, Allison searches for growth firms in need of additional funding to achieve their goals. In return for this ____________, Allison expects to assume ownership in the business. 

  • 742. A. analysis

  • 743. B. venture capital

  • 744. C. corporate loan

  • 745. D. securities investment

  • Feedback: A venture capitalist is an individual or firm that provides startup capital in exchange for a stake in the ownership of the business.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 167

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 746. Chris is an angel investor. This means that he: 

  • 747. A. invests his money in new businesses with potential for growth, hoping for a good return on his investment if they go public.

  • 748. B. creates business incubators for startup Web-based firms.

  • 749. C. invests in non-profits that plan to change their status when they double in size.

  • 750. D. he comes to the rescue of firms who default on their bank loans.

  • Feedback: Angel investors are private individuals who invest their own money in potentially hot new companies before they go public.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 166

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Getting Money to Fund a Small Business

  •  

  • 751. Samantha recently applied for a microloan from the SBA. Although several criteria are important, the Small Business Administration's decision to grant or deny the loan will largely depend upon 

  • 752. A. her credit history and the collateral she can offer.

  • 753. B. her age, since microloans are only available to senior citizens.

  • 754. C. her previous record of business success.

  • 755. D. the soundness of her business plan, and her integrity.

  • Feedback: Microloans are awarded on the basis of the borrowers' integrity and the soundness of their business ideas.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 168

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: The Small Business Administration (SBA)

  •  

  • 756. Bing came to the U.S. on a swimming scholarship. After a few months of frustration with trying to find swim goggles like he used in his native country, he started a web site that offered specialty goggles for swimming, skiing, and snowboarding. Before launching the web site and filling orders, Bing spent a few months going to swim meets and gathering preferences about goggles from other swimmers. Bing's actions: 

  • 757. A. showed that he had a ready market for this product.

  • 758. B. demonstrated that he had little experience with this product.

  • 759. C. showed that he was promoting the web site before it launched.

  • 760. D. demonstrated his need to better understand the market.

  • Feedback: Bing understands that identifying the market and its needs must occur before you begin to sell the product. To be part of a market, consumers must have both the willingness and the resources needed to make a purchase.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 170-171

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Looking for Help

  •  

  • 761. Ben got a phone call from one of his regular customers asking if he had time to repair a couple of broken sprinkler heads on the customer's underground sprinkling system. Although it was already 6:00 p.m. and Ben had put in a full day of work, he turned his car around and headed for the customer's house. As a small business owner, Ben demonstrates: 

  • 762. A. his need for additional cash flow.

  • 763. B. his ability to easily adapt and respond to his customer's needs.

  • 764. C. the fact that it is difficult to find employees willing to go the extra mile for a small business because benefits are non-existent.

  • 765. D. that considering the fact that sprinkler heads are constantly breaking and need repair, his service is overpriced.

  • Feedback: Small businesses have the ability to know their customers better and adapt quickly to their every-changing needs. Customers will appreciate the prompt service that a small business can provide.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Knowing Your Customers

  •  

  • 766. Ming's three employees have been with her since she started Employment Recruiters, Inc., nearly 10 years ago. As she contemplates the staffing for her new branch office, she senses that none of these three are ready to manage the office. Faced with this difficult situation, she should: 

  • 767. A. appoint one of the three anyway to show that she appreciates their loyalty and commitment.

  • 768. B. run the new branch herself and appoint one of the three to take over the original office.

  • 769. C. hire a new employee to manage the office since this could be detrimental to the business.

  • 770. D. appoint all three to the new branch and let them run it using a "team" approach.

  • Feedback: Appointing unqualified people to management positions can be a serious business mistake. As difficult as it may be, the entrepreneur best serves him/herself and the business if they gradually recruit and groom employees for management positions.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 169-170

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Managing Employees

  •  

  • 771. After Kate graduated from college, her grandfather created a bookkeeping position for her in his furniture retail business. Her older brother is in charge of purchasing inventory for the stores, yet often the store runs out of popular furniture or become overstocked with pieces that must be marked down to be sold. Kate is confident that her brother is more suited for handling accounting and finance, and she has a pulse on what sells and how much sells. Although she has spoken with her grandfather about it a couple of times, he seems reluctant to change. As the founder of the business, he may: 

  • 772. A. find it difficult to remove family members from positions, even if it is not good for the business.

  • 773. B. find it difficult to retrain Kate for the job, and even though his business is losing opportunities, he will stay the course.

  • 774. C. he knows that profit margins have declined, and he doesn't care.

  • 775. D. have a bigger picture of things, and not feel the need to respond to a family member's request.

  • Feedback: Attitudes such as "You can't fire family" or "You must hire them because they're family" can frustrate all employees, family and non-family. A business is best served if the best workers are recruited and groomed for management positions.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 169-170

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Managing Employees

  •  

  • 776. As a small business owner, Tanika can't afford to provide her employees with the high wages and benefits offered by big corporations. One way to retain her employees and create a high level of motivation would be to: 

  • 777. A. constantly communicate with them that "at least they have a job."

  • 778. B. adopt a policy of promoting workers who have been employed the longest.

  • 779. C. empower her employees to develop their own ideas.

  • 780. D. hire only family members, since they are more loyal.

  • Feedback: Many small firms motivate workers by creating challenging jobs and treating them respectfully.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Managing Employees

  •  

  • 781. After retiring as a telecommunications executive, Chad joined SCORE. As a SCORE counselor Chad will: 

  • 782. A. provide venture capital funds for aspiring small businesspeople.

  • 783. B. visit high schools to advise students who are thinking about starting their own business.

  • 784. C. help in the research and development of new products for entrepreneurs to market.

  • 785. D. provide consulting services to small businesses for free.

  • Feedback: An important source of information for small businesses is the Service Corps of Retired Executives (SCORE). This SBA office has volunteers from industry, trade associations, and education who counsel small businesses at no cost (except for expenses).

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 171

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Looking for Help

  •  

  • 786. The size of the world market is: 

  • 787. A. 500 million

  • 788. B. 6.9 billion

  • 789. C. 5 million

  • 790. D. 10 trillion

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 791. According to the U.S. Department of Commerce, a ________ of small businesses export their goods. 

  • 792. A. small percentage

  • 793. B. large percentage

  • 794. C. decreasing number

  • 795. D. decreasing percentage

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 796. Increased participation in small business exporting owes credit to _________. 

  • 797. A. political constituents who have made in-roads abroad

  • 798. B. large events such as the Olympics that have brought attention to the potential in world markets

  • 799. C. technological advances such as the Internet and PayPal for safely fulfilling orders

  • 800. D. partnerships that small businesses have formed with large businesses

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 801. One of the hurdles small businesses face when deciding to export is: 

  • 802. A. financing is often difficult to find.

  • 803. B. overseas buyers prefer dealing with large corporations.

  • 804. C. smaller companies must wait in line after large companies to qualify for tariffs.

  • 805. D. American products are perceived as inferior.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 806. One reason why many U.S. small businesses are not involved in exporting is: 

  • 807. A. there is a limited market for their products.

  • 808. B. the government's new homeland security programs limit opportunities for small businesses.

  • 809. C. many of these firms do not know how to get started.

  • 810. D. U.S. products are perceived as inferior.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 811. The SBA's ________ program provides export financing opportunities for small businesses. 

  • 812. A. global trade funding

  • 813. B. Homeland security funding

  • 814. C. Export Express loan

  • 815. D. International Monetary Funding

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 173

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 816. Which of the following best describes the outlook for small businesses in international markets? 

  • 817. A. the world is a larger, and potentially a more lucrative market than the U.S. domestic market

  • 818. B. the threat of terrorist activities prevents small businesses from competing internationally

  • 819. C. most foreign buyers prefer to deal with large, well-known corporations rather than small businesses

  • 820. D. higher business costs eliminate the profit opportunities in global markets

  • Feedback: The U.S. has only about 5% of the world's population, and there is a growing demand for American goods and services. The Commerce Department reports that while only a small percentage of small businesses export, the number of small businesses involved in exporting has tripled in the last decade.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 821. Small businesses often have advantages in international markets. One advantage is: 

  • 822. A. a greater expertise in managing the paperwork required to sell goods in international markets.

  • 823. B. a better understanding of the cultural differences involved.

  • 824. C. individualized customer service as opposed to impersonal corporate bureaucracies.

  • 825. D. the ability to obtain financing through the International Monetary Fund.

  • Feedback: Small companies can give more personal service and more undivided attention, because each overseas account is a major source of business to them.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 826. Labels Plus, LLC, exports specialty printing equipment for the labeling, flexible packaging, and carton industry. Due to increased support from ________, this company's sales to Brazilian companies and other global opportunities have significantly increased. 

  • 827. A. its newly revised web site

  • 828. B. Department of Commerce's Bureau of Industry and Security

  • 829. C. the FDA

  • 830. D. local politicians

  • Feedback: The Department of Commerce's Bureau of Industry and Security contains a wealth of information for small businesses interested in going global.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 173

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 831. Jake wants to sell his workout DVDs in European, Asian, and Latin American countries. _______________ will help him reach vendors abroad, without the expense of traveling to meet them face-to-face. 

  • 832. A. A web site and other technological advances

  • 833. B. Partnering with a large U.S. recording studio

  • 834. C. The SBA (Small Business Administration)

  • 835. D. An incubator facility

  • Feedback: Technological advances such as the Internet, web sites, and fulfillment technology such as PayPal make it easier for companies to connect with customers abroad.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 172-173

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 836. Luis is a partner in a firm that specializes in producing vitamins and health food products. While the business is considered small by U.S. standards, he is attempting to persuade his partner to expand internationally. Luis would list which of the following as an advantage of going global? 

  • 837. A. Exporting can help sell excess inventory

  • 838. B. Marketing programs benefit from the cultural similarities in prospective markets

  • 839. C. Financing can easily be obtained to expand internationally

  • 840. D. Selling your products in other markets reduces their life cycle, making them more attractive

  • Feedback: Small businesses that make the effort to export have the advantage of selling excess inventory abroad.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 172-173

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 841. Antoine is considering marketing his bicycles in Brazil. If he enters the Brazilian market, he is likely to learn that ____________. 

  • 842. A. some cultures like dealing with individuals from smaller companies rather than large companies

  • 843. B. he will not be able to keep up with demand

  • 844. C. most foreign cultures prefer large company relationships to small company relationships

  • 845. D. there is strong resistance of Brazilian firms with respect to American products

  • Feedback: Although some foreign buyers may prefer doing business with major corporations, many actually enjoy dealing with individuals rather than with big corporate bureaucracies. Moreover, foreign buyers may appreciate the fact that the smaller firms often provide personalized service and may be able to begin shipping more quickly. The main problem he will face is adapting to the cultural differences between the U.S. and Brazil.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 172

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  •  

  • Essay Questions

  •  

  • 846. Not everyone dreams of owning their own business. Identify and describe at least three attributes of successful entrepreneurs. 

  • Answer: While students will likely identify managerial skills and leadership abilities, these are not unique to entrepreneurs. Entrepreneurs also need to be:

  •  Self-directed. They should be self-disciplined and comfortable with taking responsibility for success and failure.

  •  Self-nurturing. Entrepreneurs must be able to believe in their own ideas even when others don't.

  •  Action-oriented. Entrepreneurs aren't satisfied with a dream, they want to make the dream a reality.

  •  Highly energetic. They are willing to work hard to sustain their efforts over long hours.

  •  Tolerant of uncertainty. Entrepreneurs can accept the risks and uncertainties inherent in running a business.

  • Page: 150-151

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 847. What is an entrepreneurial team? What benefits does a team offer compared to an individual entrepreneur? 

  • Answer:

  • a. Entrepreneurial teams bring experienced people from different areas of business that join together to form a managerial team with the skills needed to develop, make, and market a new product. A team may be better than an individual entrepreneur because it provides a combination of creative skills with production and marketing skills right from the start.

  • b. Another benefit is the concept of shared planning and decision making. Everyone works together to conceive, develop, and market products. This results in better coordination and cooperation among functions.

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Entrepreneurial Teams

  •  

  • 848. List and discuss at least three causes of small business failure. 

  • Answer: (Answers will vary, however, the student should include the information found in Figure 6.3, "Causes of Small Business Failure.")

  • Plunging in without first testing the waters on a small scale.

  •  Underpricing or overpricing goods or services.

  •  Underestimating how much time it will take to build a market.

  •  Starting with too little capital.

  •  Starting with too much capital and being careless in its use.

  •  Going into business with little or no experience and without first learning something about the industry or market.

  •  Borrowing money without planning just how and when to pay it back.

  •  Attempting to do too much business with too little capital.

  •  Not allowing for setbacks and unexpected expenses.

  •  Buying too much on credit.

  •  Extending credit too freely.

  •  Expanding credit too rapidly.

  •  Failing to keep complete, accurate records, so that the owners drift into trouble without realizing it.

  •  Carrying habits of personal extravagance into the business.

  •  Not understanding business cycles.

  •  Forgetting about taxes, insurance, and other costs of doing business.

  •  Mistaking the freedom of being in business for oneself for the liberty to work or not, according to whim.

  • Page: 160

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Causes of Small Business Failure; Figure 6.3

  •  

  • 849. Discuss the benefits exporting offers to small businesses. Given these benefits, why don't more small firms sell in international markets? 

  • Answer:

  • a. The world market is potentially a much larger and more lucrative market for businesses than the United States. Moreover, selling in the world market can absorb excess inventories, soften downturns in the U.S. market, and extend product lives. It can also add variety and make managing the business more interesting (and perhaps more challenging).

  • b. There are many barriers that discourage small businesses from exporting their products. These barriers include:

  •  difficulties in arranging financing.

  •  uncertainties about how to get started in foreign markets.

  •  ignorance of cultural differences.

  •  extensive bureaucratic paperwork that can practically bury a small business.

  • Page: 172-173

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Going Global: Small-Business Prospects

  •  

  • 850. Discuss several ways the Small Business Administration assists entrepreneurs. 

  • Answer:

  • a. The SBA is a valuable source of information and advice for small businesspeople. It has published a variety of booklets and pamphlets that cover all areas of managing a small business.

  • b. The SBA also provides financial assistance to small businesses through a variety of programs. The SBA will sometimes provide direct loans to firms that have difficulty securing conventional loans from private sources. The SBA also provides programs to help minorities and women obtain funds.

  • c. The SBA licenses SBICs, which are private investment companies that loan money to small businesses.

  • d. The SBA operates SCORE, the Service Corps of Retired Executives. This group provide counseling and advice to small business owners.

  • Page: 168-169

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Small Business Administration (SBA)

  •  

  •  

  • Multiple Choice Questions

  •  

  •  Mini-Case

  • Peppy Roaney believes that pizza is a much more versatile dish than most people realize. As the national marketing manager for Pizza Guys, he observed how consumers were delighted with barbecue pizza, Hawaiian pizza, Mexican pizza and other unique combinations. His suggestions for other unusual pizzas, however, were met with a negative response by his superiors. Even some of his colleagues laughed at his ideas. Peppy's confidence in his ability to understand the market has led him to focus on planning a business of his own. Peppy realizes that he will take a risk when he leaves his job with Pizza Guys and embarks upon a new venture: Peppy's Pizzazzeria. Peppy is excited about the potential of profitably catering to the unmet desires of pizza consumers.

  •  

  • 851. Given Peppy's willingness to accept the risks of opening and running Peppy's Pizzazzeria, he is clearly an example of a(n): 

  • 852. A. arbitrageur.

  • 853. B. intrapreneur.

  • 854. C. gambler.

  • 855. D. entrepreneur.

  • Feedback: An entrepreneur is someone who accepts the risks of starting and managing a business.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 148

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: The Age of the Entrepreneur

  •  

  • 856. Peppy remains confident and enthusiastic even though his colleagues have poked fun at his ideas. This shows that Peppy is: 

  • 857. A. self-disciplined.

  • 858. B. self-nurturing.

  • 859. C. self-generating.

  • 860. D. auto-inspirational.

  • Feedback: People who are self-nurturing are able to believe in their own ideas, even when others do not, and to re-fuel the fires of their own enthusiasm.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 150-151

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: What Does it Take to Be an Entrepreneur?

  •  

  • 861. Peppy is confident that Peppy's Pizzazzeria will be a success, but only if he has enough money to do things right. Since Peppy has very little personal wealth, he knows he must obtain financial assistance. In order prepare for meetings with bankers and potential investors, Peppy should: 

  • 862. A. hire a public relations firm to develop promotional materials.

  • 863. B. develop a business plan.

  • 864. C. read a book on entrepreneurship.

  • 865. D. create a partnership contract.

  • Feedback: A business plan, which provides a detailed description of the new business, is mandatory when meeting with bankers and investors.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 163-164

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Begin With Planning

  •  

  • 866. Peppy has inquired about the possibility of obtaining a microloan from the SBA. This type of loan is awarded primarily on the basis of the: 

  • 867. A. borrower's integrity and the soundness of the business idea.

  • 868. B. amount of collateral the borrower can pledge.

  • 869. C. borrower's credit history and record of previous business success.

  • 870. D. age of the borrower, since only senior citizens qualify.

  • Feedback: A microloan from the SBA is awarded on the basis of the borrower's integrity and the soundness of the borrower's business idea.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 168-169

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: The Small Business Administration (SBA)

  •  

  • 871. Peppy knows a lot about marketing, but not much about the legal or financial aspects of starting a new business. He wants to consult with a lawyer and accountant, but his budget is tight with all of the expenses involved in getting Peppy's Pizzazzeria up and running. Peppy should: 

  • 872. A. delay talking with a lawyer and accountant until the business has established a positive cash flow for at least one year.

  • 873. B. trust his basic instincts and try to put it together without the advice of lawyers and accountants.

  • 874. C. consult with a lawyer and accountant even though the budget is tight.

  • 875. D. immediately hire full time lawyers and accountants for his staff.

  • Feedback: Entrepreneurs starting new businesses seldom can afford to have full time lawyers and accountants as employees, but it is critical that they obtain professional legal and accounting advice.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 170-171

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Keeping Records; Looking for Help

  •  

  • 876. Due to the fact that Peppy has worked in the field of marketing for a large corporation, 

  • 877. A. there is no need to consider an entrepreneurial team for start-up due to the fact that all other management functions are served by marketing.

  • 878. B. he can skip any marketing research steps that the SBA recommends.

  • 879. C. he knows that the type of business he wants to start may be difficult to develop, but it has a tremendous amount of security due to its promise of long term survival.

  • 880. D. he plans to put together an entrepreneurial team of experts that will complement his expertise.

  • Feedback: An entrepreneurial team is a group of experienced professionals from various business disciplines. Team members bring different skills to the entrepreneurial venture. Their skills usually complement each other.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 152

  • AACSB: Analytic

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Entrepreneurial Teams

  •  

  • 881. As a former classmate of Peppy's at the nearby university, you remind him what you both learned in your small business management class several years ago: 

  • 882. A. restaurants are easy to start-up, but difficult to keep going.

  • 883. B. restaurants are probably the most difficult type of business to start-up, due to the labor intensive aspects of the business.

  • 884. C. experts believe that restaurants have a high profit potential, due the fact that there is not much direct competition.

  • 885. D. restaurants are easy to start-up and have great profit potential.

  • Feedback: The easiest businesses to start (like restaurants) have the greatest potential for failure. The easiest to keep alive are difficult to get started (like manufacturing).

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 161

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 06-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Small Business Success and Failure

  •  

    • Learning Goal

  • Chapter 07

  • Management and Leadership Answer Key

  •  

  •  

  • True / False Questions

  •  

  • 1. The main job of managers today is to watch over people to be sure they do what the manager asks of them. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 180-181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  • 2. The best way to get people to do what a manager wants is for the manager to reprimand those who don't do things correctly. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 180

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  • 3. Managers in progressive firms of all kinds tend to be friendly, and treat employees as partners. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 180-181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  • 4. Managers must earn the trust of their employees.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 180-181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  • 5. Because of their importance and skills, few managers lost their jobs in the recent economic crisis. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  • 6. A modern manager's main job is to issue orders, then follow up to make sure employees do as they were told. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 180-181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  • 7. Managers in progressive organizations tend to emphasize teamwork and cooperation rather than discipline and giving orders. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  • 8. Despite all of the changes in the business environment, the basic way a manager performs his or her job has remained remarkably constant. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 180-181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  •  

  • 9. Given the lack of discipline and short attention spans of today's workers, modern managers must watch their workers closely, set strict rules, and vigorously enforce policies. 

  • Feedback: Today's managers emphasize teamwork and cooperation rather than discipline and order giving. Managers now guide, train, support, motivate and coach employees.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 180-181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  • 10. In most high tech industries, the best way to respond quickly to rapid technological changes is to keep most authority and responsibility in the hands of a few key managers who provide precise, detailed directions to the workers. 

  • Feedback: Managers of high-tech firms realize that workers often know much more about technology than they do. Thus, most progressive managers emphasize teamwork and cooperation rather than discipline and order giving.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  • 11. Due to the fact that employees today often know much more about technology and the technical aspects of their jobs than their managers do, progressive managers emphasize team work and cooperation as a strategy for getting work done. 

  • Feedback: Managers of high-tech firms realize that workers often know much more about technology than they do. Thus, most modern managers emphasize teamwork and cooperation rather than discipline and order giving.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  •  

  • 12. Managers make decisions about how to use organizational resources to accomplish goals. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 13. Financing is one of the four key functions of management. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 14. The four key management functions are planning, organizing, leading, and controlling. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 15. One trend of the "leading" management function is to empower employees, giving them as much freedom as possible to become self-directed and self-motivated. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 16. Leading is the management function of designing the structure of the organization so that everyone can function together. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 17. As a management function, the main focus of controlling is to keep complete and up-to-date records of the organization's financial transactions for tax and regulatory purposes. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 18. The management function that involves guiding, training, and motivating others to work toward the achievement of an organization's goals is called leading. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 182-183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 19. In many smaller firms the manager's role is to direct the employees, telling them exactly what to do. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 20. Planning is the function of management that includes anticipating future trends and determining the best strategies and tactics to achieve an organization's goals and objectives

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 21. Planning is a key management function because other management functions depend on having a good plan. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 22. Managers focus on making efficient use of their organization's human resources, but leave decisions about the efficient use of other resources such as buildings, machinery, and supplies to engineers and accountants. 

  • Feedback: Managers must practice the art of getting things done through organizational resources including people, financial resources, information and all types of equipment and assets.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  • 23. Today's progressive organizations are designed around the needs of the customer. The idea is to organize systems to be responsive to customer needs. 

  • Feedback: Organizing includes designing the structure of the organization and creating conditions and systems in which everyone and everything work together to achieve the organization's goals and objectives.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 24. Beth has spent the last two hours going over some consumer surveys to see how well her company is achieving its goal of improving customer satisfaction. Beth's efforts are an example of the controlling function of management. 

  • Feedback: Controlling is the function concerned with determining whether or not an organization is progressing toward achieving its goals and objectives.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 25. Jack, a manager with Tiny Tots Toy Company, has just participated in a meeting that looked at future trends in the toy industry, and identified new challenges and opportunities for Tiny Tots. Jack's participation in this meeting was part of the organizing function of management. 

  • Feedback: Jack's activities are part of the planning function. Planning involves anticipating future trends and identifying business opportunities and challenges.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 26. Harold is a no-nonsense boss who believes that the best way for an organization to achieve its goals is for workers to follow their boss's orders. Thus, he tells workers exactly what to do and how to do it. Harold's approach is an example of directing. 

  • Feedback: Directing involves telling workers exactly what to do. This approach is still common among managers in small companies, but managers in larger firms tend to rely more on leading rather than directing.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 181-182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 27. Rita is a manager of a medium-sized service company. She is currently involved in redesigning her department to ensure that employees and other resources can respond more quickly and efficiently to the needs of its customers. Rita's efforts are part of the organizing function of management. 

  • Feedback: Organizing involves designing the structure of the organization so that resources can efficiently achieve the organization's objectives. One of the key objectives today is to find ways to organize businesses so that they please the customer.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 28. Planning involves setting the organizational vision, goals and objectives. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 29. Progressive managers consider planning to be of little importance in today's rapidly changing business environment. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 30. Goals tend to be broad and focus on the long-term while objectives tend to be specific and more short-term in their focus. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 183-184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 31. A vision is a detailed set of specific steps that a firm must take to achieve its short-run objectives. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 32. A statement about why an organization exists and what it is trying to achieve is called the organization's directive. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 33. A vision is the overall explanation of why an organization exists and where it is trying to head. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 34. A vision gives the organization a sense of purpose and a set of values that unite employees toward a common destiny. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 35. A mission statement outlines the fundamental purposes of an organization. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 36. Today, a mission statement should also address social responsibility. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 37. Goals are broad, long-term accomplishments an organization wants to achieve. 

  •  

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 183-184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 38. While goals are measurable, objectives are not. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 39. Goals are developed and agreed to by management so that the workers can follow them. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 183-184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 40. Objectives should be expressed as broad, general principles rather than as specific short-term results. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 41. Continuous planning is not necessary, because plans that worked well in the past are likely to continue to work well in the future. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 42. Planning is a continuous process. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 43. The SWOT analysis helps firms identify competitive threats and market opportunities. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 44. An analysis of the business environment helps managers identify threats and opportunities that face their firm. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 45. Strategic planning is now much easier than it used to be because managers have access to very reliable computerized forecasting tools. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 46. Tactical planning deals with setting long-range goals, while strategic planning develops the specific strategies needed to achieve the organization's operational goals. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 47. Strategic planning determines the major goals of the organization. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 185

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 48. Today's business environment changes so rapidly that strategic planning is becoming more difficult and subject to change.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 49. Managers or teams of managers at the lower levels of an organization normally develop strategic plans, but top managers do most of the tactical planning. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 185

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 50. Contingency planning involves developing alternative courses of action to be used if the primary plans do not achieve the desired results. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 51. Operational planning looks at the organization as a whole, while strategic planning focuses on specific departmental actions. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 52. One example of tactical planning is setting annual budgets and deciding on other details and activities necessary to meet the strategic objectives. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 53. Many cities and businesses are now developing contingency plans to respond to potential terrorist attacks. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 186-187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 54. Instead of creating detailed strategic plans, the leaders of market-based companies (companies that respond quickly to environmental changes) set flexible directions so as to allow for change and seize opportunities when they come. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 55. Decision-making occurs in all management functions. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Decision Making: Finding the Best Alternative

  •  

  • 56. The first step in the rational decision-making model is to identify alternative solutions. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Decision Making: Finding the Best Alternative

  •  

  • 57. The last step in the rational decision-making model is to determine whether the decision was a good one and follow up. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Decision Making: Finding the Best Alternative

  •  

  • 58. One step in the rational decision-making model is to develop alternatives. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Decision Making: Finding the Best Alternative

  •  

  • 59. Brainstorming is coming up with as many solutions as possible in a short period of time with a focus toward not censoring anyone's ideas. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Decision Making: Finding the Best Alternative

  •  

  • 60. Problem-solving is more formal than using the rational decision-making model. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Decision Making: Finding the Best Alternative

  •  

  • 61. PMI is a problem solving technique that involves listing pluses, minuses and implications. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Decision Making: Finding the Best Alternative

  •  

  • 62. In the Reaching Beyond Our Borders box titled, “The Japanese Crisis, Terrorism, and American Business,” the authors emphasize tactical planning as more important than contingency planning when managing the risk of natural disasters and terrorist threats. 

  • Feedback: Contingency planning is the process of planning alternate courses of action, if the primary plan of action does not work. In the case of natural disasters such as the Japanese crisis, unexpected circumstances, such as terrorist threats, or economic and competitive changes that occur very quickly, it is important to have alternate plans in case the first plan does not work.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 185

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Reaching Beyond Our Borders box

  • 63. A mission statement should provide a detailed explanation of how a company will achieve its objectives. 

  • Feedback: A mission statement is an outline of the organization's fundamental purposes, not a detailed explanation of what is to be done and who is to do it. Figure 7.2 shows an actual mission statement for Starbucks that clearly illustrates this.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 64. The SWOT analysis focuses only on the internal activities of the firm, while a PERT analysis is used to review the external environment in which the firm operates. 

  • Feedback: SWOT stands for strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats. While the strengths and weaknesses part of SWOT analysis focuses on internal aspects of the organization, the opportunities and threats part of SWOT looks at the external environment in which the organization operates.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 65. Tactical planning involves making decisions about which customers to serve, what products or services to sell, and the geographic areas in which the firm will compete. 

  • Feedback: The fundamental nature of the topics described in this question would be considered in the strategic planning process.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 66. Contingency planning is most important in markets where conditions are relatively stable and market growth is predictable. 

  • Feedback: Contingency planning is the process of preparing alternative courses of action that may be used if the primary plans don't achieve the organization's objectives. The need to implement contingency plans is more likely to arise in markets where there is a great deal of rapid change and uncertainty.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 186-187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 67. The top managers at the Sax Department Store find that their employees do not really share a common sense of purpose or have a common set of values. This suggests that top management has not provided a clear vision for the firm. 

  • Feedback: A vision is a broad statement of why an organization exists and what it seeks to accomplish. It is intended to give the organization a sense of purpose and provide workers with a set of values and a sense of direction.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 68. In order to ensure effective implementation, managers should make only one set of plans and carefully follow them to ensure that the organization's objectives are achieved. 

  • Feedback: Economic and competitive conditions change so rapidly that it is wise to have alternative plans available in the event the primary plan does not achieve its objectives. This is the idea behind contingency planning.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 69. Lucy is part of the top management team at Cloudy Daze Rain Gear, a company that produces umbrellas, raincoats, hats and all-weather shoes. As a member of top management, Lucy is more likely to be involved in strategic planning than in tactical planning. 

  • Feedback: Top management normally carries out strategic planning, while lower-level managers are usually responsible for tactical planning.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 185

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 70. Jamika is a manager at a well-known retail store. Each morning she determines the order in which store projects are performed; she sets work schedules for employees and standards that must be met. These activities suggest that Jamika is involved in operational planning. 

  • Feedback: Operational planning is the process of setting work standards and schedules that are necessary to carry out tactical plans.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 71. Sharon needed to solve a problem quickly, so she called together the work team in her department and asked them to list as many possible solutions as they could come up with in a short period of time. During the process she encouraged responses and avoided censoring what her workers said. Sharon is utilizing a problem solving technique known as brainstorming. 

  • Feedback: Brainstorming is a problem solving technique that encourages a group of people to come up with as many suggestions for solving the problem as possible in a short period of time, and with no censoring of ideas.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Decision Making: Finding the Best Alternative

  •  

  • 72. After management has created a plan of action, the focus turns to the controlling function to recheck and often redo the plan. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 188

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 73. Organizing involves allocating resources, assigning tasks, and establishing procedures for accomplishing the organizational objectives. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 188

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 74. The visual illustration of the relationships among the people within an organization that shows who is accountable for the work and who reports to whom is called a Gantt Chart. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 188

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 75. An organizational chart shows who is accountable for the completion of specific work and who reports to whom. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 188

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 76. Branch and plant managers and division heads are classified as first-line managers. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 77. A CEO is often the president of the firm and is responsible for developing the strategic plans. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 78. The recent recession eliminated many middle managers giving the remaining managers more employees to supervise. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 79. Supervisory managers are those who directly oversee the activities of workers and evaluate their daily performance. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 80. Middle managers usually are responsible for tactical planning and controlling. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 81. The CIO, COO, and CFO are classified as top management positions. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 188-189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 82. In this day of rapidly changing technology, technical skills are the most important skills for all levels of management. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 83. Conceptual skills refer to the ability of a manager to perform the tasks associated with a specific discipline or department. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 84. First-line managers typically spend less time on conceptual tasks and more time on technical skills. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 189-190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 85. Most of a top manager's time is devoted to conceptual and human relations activities. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 189-190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 86. The ability to plan, coordinate, and delegate are among a manager's most basic technical skills.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 87. A person who is a good first-line manager is automatically likely to be a good middle or top manager. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 88. Human relations skills include those associated with leadership, coaching, morale building and supportiveness. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 89. The question of how to implement change within an organization is the responsibility of the firm's CEO. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 90. Staffing involves recruiting, hiring, motivating, and retaining the best people available for the organization. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Staffing: Getting and Keeping the Right People

  •  

  • 91. Due to the growth of the Internet, recruiting is less important today than in the past. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Staffing: Getting and Keeping the Right People

  •  

  • 92. Staffing is a less important management function today than in the past. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Staffing: Getting and Keeping the Right People

  •  

  • 93. Organizing involves developing a structure or framework that relates all workers, tasks and resources to each other. 

  • Feedback: Operationally, organizing means allocating resources, assigning tasks, and establishing procedures for accomplishing the organizational objectives.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 188

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 94. Top management is also known as first-line management because it deals with key managerial decisions on a priority basis. 

  • Feedback: Top management consists of the president and other key company executives. On the other hand, first-line managers are immediately above an organization's workers.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 188-189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 95. Supervisory managers usually work more with ideas than with people. 

  • Feedback: Supervisory managers are responsible for assigning specific jobs to workers and evaluating their daily performance. Their jobs often bring them into direct contact with the workers they supervise. Figure 7.6 illustrates this by showing that first-line managers rely more on human relations skills than on conceptual skills.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 96. Because of the complex nature of their jobs, top managers spend most of their time developing and using technical skills.

  • Feedback: Top managers spend most of their time on tasks requiring conceptual and human relations skills.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 188-189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 97. The experience gained by first-line managers as they perform their jobs enables them to acquire all the skills they will need when promoted to higher levels of management. 

  • Feedback: Different skill sets are needed at different levels of management. First-line managers tend to use technical skills extensively, but spend much less time using conceptual skills. On the other hand top managers use very few technical skills, but often perform tasks requiring exceptional conceptual skills. Thus, the skills learned by a first-line manager may not be very useful at higher levels of management.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 189-190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 98. Mark is a manager for Cable Connection. He spends most of his time scheduling the specific service calls that each employee performs during the day, verifying job completion, and evaluating employee performance on each call. These responsibilities suggest that Mark is a middle manager. 

  • Feedback: First-line managers typically carry out the tasks that Mark is performing. Middle managers generally are more involved in tactical planning and controlling.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 99. Chris was recently promoted to a position as a first-line manager. At this level of management, he will use human relations and conceptual skills as well as technical skills. 

  • Feedback: Though they rely on technical skills more than managers at other levels, first-line managers must also use human and conceptual skills to a certain degree. In fact, as Figure 7.6 on page 189 shows, all three levels of management, to varying degrees, must use all three types of skills.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 100. Liz is a first-line manager at her company, which is very traditional in its approach to management. In her position, Liz probably spends a lot of time giving employees detailed and specific instructions. 

  • Feedback: First-line managers are directly responsible for supervising workers and evaluating their performance.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 101. Fatma wants to become a manager. However, she is shy and avoids conversation with strangers. She is very comfortable with computers and information technology and has great technical skills in these areas. Fatma's personal traits make her a good candidate for a top management position. 

  • Feedback: Top managers typically use few technical skills. Instead, almost all of their time is devoted to human relations and conceptual tasks.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 189-190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 102. Staffing is less important at Sony, IBM and other high-tech firms because these firms sell technology. 

  • Feedback: At most high-tech companies, like IBM and Sony, the primary capital equipment is brainpower, so staffing is essential to obtain the best people available to accomplish these companies' objectives.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Staffing: Getting and Keeping the Right People

  •  

  • 103. People who are good leaders also are almost always good managers. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 104. Leadership is the management function of checking to determine whether or not an organization is progressing toward its objectives, and taking corrective action if it is not. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 190-191

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 105. One difference between managers and leaders is that managers strive to achieve stability while leaders embrace change. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 106. Management carries out of the vision created by leadership. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 191

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 107. Effective leadership includes both the ability to welcome change and to promote ethical behavior. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 191

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 108. Good leaders motivate workers and create the environment for workers to motivate themselves. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 191

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 109. Managers must lead by doing, not just by saying. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 191-192

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 110. A leader's most important job may be to transform the way the company does business so that it's more effective and efficient. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 191

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 111. Researchers have determined that all effective leaders have similar traits. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 192

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  • 112. There is no single leadership style that works best in all situations. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 192

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 113. Research has shown that the democratic style of leadership is the most effective style of leadership. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 192

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 114. Research on leadership supports the idea that the best leadership style depends on several factors, including the people being led and the situation. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 192-194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 115. The autocratic style of leadership can be very effective in emergency situations. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 192

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 116. The traits used by autocratic leaders include warmth, friendliness, and understanding. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 192

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 117. The traits that characterize participative leaders include flexibility, good listening skills, and empathy. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 193

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 118. Autocratic leadership is most effective with workers who like to work independently and make their own decisions. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 192

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 119. Research has shown that employee participation in decision-making improves job satisfaction. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 193

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 120. Free-rein leaders tend to carefully monitor their subordinates to make sure they are doing the job in the correct way. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 193-194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 121. Managers are most effective when they consistently use the same leadership style with every employee assigned to their work group. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 122. In traditional organizations, directing includes both giving assignments to workers and providing feedback on their performance. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Empowering Workers

  •  

  • 123. When businesses empower their employees, the role of a manager becomes less that of a "boss" and more that of a coach, counselor, or team player. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Empowering Workers

  •  

  • 124. Empowerment means that more authority and responsibility is given to top management. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Empowering Workers

  •  

  • 125. Enabling is the term used to describe the process by which employees recognize and respect the authority of managers to issue orders.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Empowering Workers

  •  

  • 126. Knowledge management involves finding the right information, keeping the information accessible, and making the information known to everyone in the firm. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 195

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing Knowledge

  •  

  • 127. The focus of knowledge management is to make sure top managers have all of the information they need to run the company. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 195

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing Knowledge

  •  

  • 128. The first step to developing a knowledge management system is to develop the technology to keep information secure. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 195

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing Knowledge

  •  

  • 129. A comparison of leadership and management suggests that leadership is about creating a vision, while management is about carrying out that vision. 

  • Feedback: Leadership is creating a vision, while management is the carrying out of the leadership's vision.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 190-191

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 130. The Social Media in Business box titled, “Using Social Media to Build Customer Support,” reflects upon the use of blogs and Twitter and other social media sources to measure customer satisfaction. This is part of the control function of management. 

  • Feedback: As part of the control function, customer satisfaction is a key criterion that is measured. Traditionally, companies performed customer surveys to collect this data, or recorded the number of customer complaints through their customer service departments. The use of social media has expanded opportunities to stay current on how customers perceive products and services. Now, customers tweet their perceptions. Companies continuously scan social media in order to react more quickly to customer complaints.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 193

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Social Media in Business box

  • 131. Heather has a strong desire to maintain and preserve order and stability. She is very good at developing tactical plans to achieve her company's goals and objectives. These characteristics suggest that Heather has characteristics of an exceptional leader. 

  • Feedback: One of the characteristics of leaders is that, rather than striving for order and stability, they create and embrace change. The fact that Heather strives to produce order and stability suggests she might be a good manager, and her planning skills reinforce this conclusion. However, not all good managers make good leaders.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 191-192

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 132. Brett heads a department in a major manufacturing corporation. He strives to maintain a free-rein approach to leadership in most situations. Recently, Brett's company lost a major contract that it needs to continue the current level of operation. The company needs to take quick action to adjust, including slashing expenses. Under these conditions, Brett should maintain his free-rein style of leadership. 

  • Feedback: No single leadership style is always effective. The best style will depend on the people being led, the organization, and the situation. Good managers often vary their leadership styles as conditions change. In crisis situations, the autocratic approach is sometimes more effective than a free-rein approach.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 192-194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 133. Lamont is quick and decisive. He makes most decisions by himself, issues orders, and expects his subordinates to follow them without question. Lamont's behavior is an example of the free rein style of leadership.

  • Feedback: A free rein manager is one who gives his or her subordinates a substantial amount of freedom. Lamont's approach, with its emphasis on issuing orders without consultation, is more consistent with the autocratic style of leadership.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 193-194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 134. A recent customer survey has convinced top managers at Akwip Corporation that their firm is doing a poor job of responding quickly to the needs of customers. The managers are very concerned about this problem. Empowerment might be an approach that would help Akwip improve its responsiveness. 

  • Feedback: Empowerment means giving employees the authority and responsibility to respond quickly to consumer requests.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Empowering Workers

  •  

  • 135. Juanita is a project manager for a group of experienced and creative programmers at Idle Time Gaming, a publisher of popular computer games. Since the programmers are bright, creative, and highly motivated, Juanita brainstorms basic ideas with her group, then allows the programmers a great deal of freedom to do what it takes to reach the agreed upon objectives. Juanita is using a free-rein leadership style. 

  • Feedback: A free-rein leader gives subordinates a great deal of freedom to do whatever it takes to accomplish the organization's objectives.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 193-194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 136. Bryce has worked for Carolina Hotel for 10 years. Greg is a new employee at the hotel. Rachel, who oversees both of these employees, may find that she should use a different leadership style with Greg than with Bryce. 

  • Feedback: An effective manager may use different leadership styles for different people or situations. A new worker may require more direction, while a more experienced employee may be more responsive to empowerment and a free-rein style of leadership. More experienced workers may respond better to a more democratic style.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 192-194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  • 137. Joseph, a department chair at a major university always gives department faculty members a chance to express their opinions and encourages them to participate in decision-making. Employees who work with Joseph are likely to have a high level of job satisfaction. 

  • Feedback: Joseph is using the democratic leadership style. Research has found that this style usually increases the job satisfaction of employees.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 193

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  • 138. Zoe is a middle manager at Watta-Deihl Incorporated. The company's top management has just announced that they are going to initiate a policy of empowerment. In order for this policy to succeed, Zoe and other managers will need to adopt a more autocratic style of leadership. 

  • Feedback: Empowerment means giving employees more authority and responsibility to make their own decisions. Autocratic leadership, which relies on issuing orders and expecting people to follow them, is not consistent with empowerment. Managers in firms where empowerment is practiced typically give fewer detailed instructions and spend more time coaching, assisting and counseling workers.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 139. As a manager, Bob believes in empowerment and strives to provide all workers with easy access to the information they need to make good decisions. Bob's views suggest that he would place a great deal of emphasis on knowledge management. 

  • Feedback: Knowledge management is all about finding the right information, keeping it in a readily accessible place, and making the information known to everyone within the organization. Effective knowledge management is a key to successful empowerment

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 195

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Managing Knowledge

  •  

  • 140. The steps of the controlling function include assigning tasks and establishing procedures to accomplish organizational goals. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 141. Controlling provides managers and workers with feedback that helps them adjust to deviations from plans. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 195

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 142. If managers do a good job planning and organizing, there shouldn't be a need for them to be involved with controlling. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 195

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 143. Two of the key components of the control process are setting clear performance standards and communicating results and deviations to the employees involved.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 144. The first step in the controlling process is to monitor and record the actual results. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 145. Without clear standards, the control process is impossible to implement. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 146. In the control process, performance standards should be stated in general terms in order to give management as much flexibility as possible. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 147. In order to be effective, performance standards must be specific, attainable, and measurable. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 148. Accounting and finance are important for control systems because they provide the numbers management needs to evaluate progress. 

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 149. External customers are those individuals or units that receive services from other units within the same organization. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: A Key Criterion for Measurement: Customer Satisfaction

  •  

  • 150. A customer-oriented firm should focus exclusively on satisfying its internal customers. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 196-197

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: A Key Criterion for Measurement: Customer Satisfaction

  •  

  • 151. When all is said and done, financial standards such as profit and return on investment are the only relevant measures of how well a firm is meeting its goals. 

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 196-197

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: A Key Criterion for Measurement: Customer Satisfaction

  •   

  • 152. When setting standards used in controlling, it is better to simply state general goals such as "better quality" or "higher levels of consumer satisfaction" than it is to spend a lot of time and effort developing more specific standards.

  • Feedback: If standards are stated in very general terms, it becomes difficult to determine whether the goals are being met. General and vague goals do not clearly identify what the firm is trying to achieve.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 153. Chase is a manager for World Graphic Design, Inc., a firm that designs and manufactures greeting cards, invitations, announcements, and other event material. Chase spends a lot of time trying to find the right people for various positions at his company. These efforts are part of the controlling function of management. 

  • Feedback: Controlling is concerned with checking to see whether the organization is meeting its goals by setting standards, measuring actual performance, comparing actual results with the desired standards, providing feedback, and taking corrective action if necessary. Staffing, which is the process of finding the right people for various positions within an organization, is part of the organizing function of management.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 195-196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 154. Rebecca is concerned about the number of customers complaining about the poor service provided by the department she manages for a hardware store. She is convinced that her employees can provide better service and cut complaints significantly. Rebecca has set a goal for her department to reduce customer complaints by 15% within six months. This goal is an example of the type of performance standard needed for effective controlling.

  • Feedback: An effective standard for the controlling process should be specific, attainable, and measurable. It is also important to establish a time period for the achievement of the goal. Assuming that she is correct about the ability to reduce complaints significantly, Rebecca's standard satisfies these criteria.

  • Answer: True

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 155. Pro Fit, Inc., a maker of men's sportswear, has just reported a record profit. This proves that the firm is successfully achieving its goals.

  • Feedback: Although measures of financial success (such as profit) are very important indicators of business performance, they are not the only measures. The purpose of a firm today is to satisfy a broad group of stakeholders, including employees, customers, and the people living in the local communities where the business has operations. The success of the firm at satisfying the diverse interests of these groups cannot be measured by focusing on financial criteria alone.

  • Answer: False

  • Page: 196-197

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: A Key Criterion for Measurement: Customer Satisfaction

  •  

  •  

  • Multiple Choice Questions

  •  

  •  

  • 156. Management is more progressive today. There is more emphasis on: 

  • 157. A. individual work that can be successfully measured.

  • 158. B. working in teams.

  • 159. C. striving to eliminate the control function of management.

  • 160. D. placing greater reliance on the government for financing.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 180-181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  • 161. One of the challenges facing today's managers is to: 

  • 162. A. deal with a workforce that is less educated and less self-directed than in the past.

  • 163. B. find ways to encourage conformity instead of diversity.

  • 164. C. work with a more educated workforce.

  • 165. D. cope with the sudden and unexpected slowdown in the pace of innovation and change.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  • 166. Today's progressive managers: 

  • 167. A. prefer to use the autocratic style of leadership.

  • 168. B. emphasize teamwork and cooperation rather than discipline and order-giving.

  • 169. C. face fewer challenges and problems than managers in the past.

  • 170. D. can rely on a much higher level of worker loyalty to the organization than in the past.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 180-181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  •  

  • 171. The revolution in management that is currently underway suggests that the most effective managers of the future will: 

  • 172. A. be very strict in their treatment of workers.

  • 173. B. emphasize individual initiative rather than teamwork.

  • 174. C. specialize in performing one of the four management functions.

  • 175. D. emphasize team work.

  • Feedback: Management is experiencing a revolution. The manager of the future will likely be working in teams and assuming completely new roles in the firm.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 180-181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  • 176. How are managers today different from managers in the past? 

  • 177. A. Managers today are more likely to reprimand workers

  • 178. B. Managers in the past would use praise and gentle suggestions

  • 179. C. Managers in the past were less loyal to their employer

  • 180. D. Managers today emphasize teamwork

  • Feedback: Employees today are more educated and demand more self-direction. As a result, today's managers are educated to guide, train, support, motivate, and coach employees rather than to tell them what to do. These managers are likely to emphasize teamwork and communication rather than discipline and order giving.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 180-181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Applies principles

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  • 181. Which of the following statements has resulted in changes in the role of management? 

  • 182. A. Most workers today show little initiative or creativity, so managers must spend more time directing their efforts

  • 183. B. The marketplace is becoming global, which increases both competition and opportunities for cooperation and integration

  • 184. C. Firms are recognizing that their workforces are too diverse, so managers must find ways to reduce diversity without violating federal laws against discrimination

  • 185. D. The desire to encourage teamwork has resulted in larger, more cumbersome organizations with too many workers

  • Feedback: The marketplace is now global, and the advent of the Internet means that competition from global competitors is only a mouse click away.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-1

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Applies principles

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  •  

  • 186. __________ is the art of utilizing organizational resources to accomplish goals at work. 

  • 187. A. Socialization

  • 188. B. Justification

  • 189. C. Preparation

  • 190. D. Management

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 181

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managers' Roles are Evolving

  • 192. One of the four primary functions of management is: 

  • 193. A. controlling.

  • 194. B. marketing.

  • 195. C. financing.

  • 196. D. designing.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 197. The management function concerned with anticipating future trends and determining the best strategies to achieve an organization's goals and objectives is known as: 

  • 198. A. directing.

  • 199. B. leadership.

  • 200. C. planning.

  • 201. D. forecasting.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •   

  • 202. When managers work on creating conditions and systems to ensure that everything and everyone works together to achieve the organization's goals, they are involved in the __________ function of management. 

  • 203. A. controlling

  • 204. B. leading

  • 205. C. planning

  • 206. D. organizing

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 207. __________ is the management function that involves determining whether an organization is progressing toward its goals, rewarding employees for doing a good job, and taking corrective action when they are not. 

  • 208. A. Organizing

  • 209. B. Controlling

  • 210. C. Leading

  • 211. D. Officiating

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 212. ___________ is the management function that involves setting goals, strategies, and tactics for achieving the organization's goals and objectives. 

  • 213. A. Forecasting

  • 214. B. Planning

  • 215. C. Conceptualizing

  • 216. D. Controlling

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 217. ___________ is the management function of creating a vision for the organization and guiding, training, coaching, and motivating employees to help achieve the goals and objectives of the organization. 

  • 218. A. Organizing

  • 219. B. Controlling

  • 220. C. Leading

  • 221. D. Officiating

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 182-183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 222. Which of the following goals best describes today's view of the organizing function? Organizing today focuses on: 

  • 223. A. achieving unified opinions from a diversified workforce.

  • 224. B. designing the organization around the customer.

  • 225. C. simplifying the process of measuring outcomes related to performance standards.

  • 226. D. developing the most efficient strategic plans for the firm.

  • Feedback: Today's organizations are being designed to focus on customer needs. Managers want to organize the firm so that everybody in the organization is working to please the customer, while keeping in mind that the firm must be profitable.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 227. When managers determine that an organization is not making sufficient progress toward achieving its goals and objectives and they develop corrective measures, they are involved in: 

  • 228. A. controlling.

  • 229. B. planning.

  • 230. C. directing.

  • 231. D. accounting.

  • Feedback: Controlling is the management function that involves checking to see whether or not an organization is progressing toward its goals and objectives, and taking corrective action if it is not.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 232. When managers identify a market trend that suggests a new opportunity and then devise a strategy to go after this new opportunity, they are involved in the function of: 

  • 233. A. controlling.

  • 234. B. planning.

  • 235. C. leading.

  • 236. D. organizing.

  • Feedback: Planning is the management function that includes anticipating trends and determining the best strategies and tactics to achieve organizational goals and objectives.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 182-183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 237. Which of the following activities would be a part of the leading function of management? 

  • 238. A. Devising a new strategic plan to enter a new foreign market currently dominated by a competing firm

  • 239. B. Recruiting qualified workers to join the organization and assigning them to their proper position

  • 240. C. Examining a financial report to see whether the firm's profits are improving and taking corrective action if they are not

  • 241. D. Training and coaching workers to help them understand their job and perform it effectively

  • Feedback: Leading involves creating a vision for an organization and guiding, training, coaching and motivating workers so that they can work effectively within the organization.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 182-183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 242. Which of the following activities is part of the planning function of management? 

  • 243. A. Assigning a particular worker to do a specific task

  • 244. B. Looking at market forecasts to identify future business opportunities and challenges

  • 245. C. Praising a sales representative who has far exceeded her monthly sales objectives

  • 246. D. Conducting a job interview with a potential new employee

  • Feedback: Planning involves anticipating trends, identifying opportunities and challenges, and devising strategies and tactics that will help the firm achieve its goals and objectives.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 247. Which of the following activities is part of the organizing function of management? 

  • 248. A. Going over a spreadsheet to analyze some financial data

  • 249. B. Teaching a new employee how to use a piece of office equipment

  • 250. C. Giving front-line workers additional resources needed to provide faster and better service to customers

  • 251. D. Developing a broad general strategy to help the organization meet its long-term growth objectives

  • Feedback: Organizing includes creating the conditions and systems in which everyone and everything works together to achieve an organization's objectives. Many of today's organizations attempt to organize in ways that enable them to please their customers at a profit.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 182

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 252. As a manager, two of Sylvia's strengths are her ability to communicate goals clearly, and her ability to guide, coach, and motivate workers. Based on these strengths, __________ is a management function that Sylvia is likely to be good at performing. 

  • 253. A. Controlling

  • 254. B. Planning

  • 255. C. Leading

  • 256. D. Organizing

  • Feedback: Leading involves communicating, guiding, training, coaching, and motivating others to work effectively toward achieving an organization's goals.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 182-183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 257. Amanda, a regional manager for Flairol Cosmetics, has just seen a report showing that sales in her region are trending lower than anticipated for the third quarter. Her next task is to determine the reason for the disappointing results and find a way to get sales up to their desired level. Amanda's efforts are part of the ____________ function of management. 

  • 258. A. controlling

  • 259. B. directing

  • 260. C. organizing

  • 261. D. planning

  • Feedback: Controlling involves checking to determine whether goals and objectives are being met, and taking corrective action if they are not.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 262. A __________ is an overall explanation of why an organization exists and where it is trying to head. 

  • 263. A. tactical plan

  • 264. B. prime directive

  • 265. C. corporate charter

  • 266. D. vision

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 267. A vision for a company is: 

  • 268. A. an explanation of why the company exists and where it wants to go.

  • 269. B. the same thing as an objective.

  • 270. C. a detailed plan that outlines the major organizational structure of the firm.

  • 271. D. very relevant for the short-term, but less useful for the long-term.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 272. A meaningful mission statement should address topics such as the organization's: 

  • 273. A. form of ownership and methods of financing.

  • 274. B. self-concept and company philosophy.

  • 275. C. advertising strategy and distribution plan.

  • 276. D. tactical plans and contingency plans.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 277. Employees often work with managers to develop a(n) __________ that outlines the fundamental purposes of their organization. 

  • 278. A. organization chart

  • 279. B. value statement

  • 280. C. mission statement

  • 281. D. PERT diagram

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 282. __________ involves setting the organization's vision, goals, and objectives. 

  • 283. A. Organizing

  • 284. B. Planning

  • 285. C. Controlling

  • 286. D. Directing

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 287. ___________ are broad, long-term accomplishments an organization wants to achieve. 

  • 288. A. Goals

  • 289. B. Objectives

  • 290. C. Directives

  • 291. D. Agendas

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 183-184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 292. __________ are specific, short-term, measurable results an organization wants to achieve in order to fulfill its long term goals. 

  • 293. A. Directives

  • 294. B. Opportunity targets

  • 295. C. Objectives

  • 296. D. Mission complements

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 297. A __________ analysis is used to help companies evaluate their internal strengths and weaknesses, and develop an awareness of external threats and opportunities. 

  • 298. A. WISH

  • 299. B. SWAMP

  • 300. C. ASSET

  • 301. D. SWOT

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 302. __________ planning determines the major goals of an organization and lays the foundation for obtaining and using resources to achieve those goals. 

  • 303. A. Strategic

  • 304. B. Contingency

  • 305. C. Central

  • 306. D. Tactical

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 185

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 307. The type of planning that is concerned with developing detailed short-term actions about what is to be done, who is to do it, and how it is to be done is known as __________ planning. 

  • 308. A. strategic

  • 309. B. contingency

  • 310. C. first-line

  • 311. D. tactical

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 185-186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 312. __________ planning prepares alternative courses of action that may be used if the primary plans are not achieving objectives. 

  • 313. A. Strategic

  • 314. B. Contingency

  • 315. C. Tactical

  • 316. D. Alternative

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 185-187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 317. Tactical planning is concerned with: 

  • 318. A. determining the best way to cope with an emergency situation.

  • 319. B. developing detailed strategies about what is to be done, who is to do it, and how it is to be done.

  • 320. C. devising temporary courses of action to be used if the primary plans do not achieve the desired results.

  • 321. D. setting long run goals that will govern the general course of the organization for years.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 185-186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 322. Which of the following is involved in setting work standards and schedules needed to implement the firm's tactical objectives? 

  • 323. A. Mission statement

  • 324. B. Tactical planning

  • 325. C. Operational planning

  • 326. D. Contingency planning

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 185-186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 327. A(n) __________ would be used by a department manager as a tool for making daily and weekly assignments: 

  • 328. A. operational plan

  • 329. B. vision statement

  • 330. C. mission statement

  • 331. D. tactical plan

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 332. Strategic planning looks at the organization as a whole, while ________ planning focuses on daily tasks and decisions. 

  • 333. A. tactical

  • 334. B. strategic

  • 335. C. mission

  • 336. D. operational

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 337. _________ planning is a part of contingency planning that is used to deal with sudden and unexpected changes in the business environment. 

  • 338. A. Crisis

  • 339. B. Tactical

  • 340. C. Operational

  • 341. D. SWOT

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 342. __________ is choosing among two or more alternatives. 

  • 343. A. Contingency planning

  • 344. B. Decision-making

  • 345. C. Organizational selection

  • 346. D. Utility analysis

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Decision Making: Finding the Best Alternative

  •  

  • 347. The first step in the rational decision-making model is to: 

  • 348. A. recruit team members to work on the problem.

  • 349. B. gather data.

  • 350. C. develop alternative responses.

  • 351. D. define the situation.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Decision Making: Finding the Best Alternative

  •  

  • 352.  __________ is a problem solving technique that attempts to come up with as many solutions as possible in a short time without censoring the ideas. 

  • 353. A. Brainstorming

  • 354. B. Game theory

  • 355. C. CAD/CAM

  • 356. D. PMI

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Decision Making: Finding the Best Alternative

  •  

  • 357. PMI is a: 

  • 358. A. computer program used to help managers write mission statements.

  • 359. B. statistical technique used in the controlling process.

  • 360. C. problem solving technique used to evaluate possible solutions to a problem.

  • 361. D. rule of thumb used to determine how many employees should be managed by any single manager.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Decision Making: Finding the Best Alternative

  •  

  • 362. In a company in which an effective vision has been provided: 

  • 363. A. there is no need for tactical planning.

  • 364. B. the economic and competitive environments tend to be much more predictable.

  • 365. C. employees are likely to have a sense of purpose and a common set of values.

  • 366. D. goals and objectives are no longer needed.

  • Feedback: A vision communicates why an organization exists and where it is going. A clear vision gives employees a sense of purpose and a set of values.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 367. A basic difference between goals and objectives is that goals are: 

  • 368. A. precise, while objectives are vague.

  • 369. B. set by tactical plans, while objectives are set by strategic plans.

  • 370. C. set by middle management, while objectives are set by first-line managers.

  • 371. D. concerned with broad, long-term accomplishments, while objectives focus on specific short-term details.

  • Feedback: Goals are broad, long-term accomplishments an organization wishes to attain. Objectives are specific, short-term statements detailing how to achieve the goals.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 183-184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 372. Which of the following would be a concern addressed in a strategic plan? 

  • 373. A. Should the firm make a long-term commitment to expand into new markets?

  • 374. B. Which specific jobs should be assigned to each employee?

  • 375. C. How much output should be produced this week in a given production facility?

  • 376. D. Which computer software package should the firm's human resources office use to manage the payroll?

  • Feedback: In strategic planning, an organization answers basic questions such as which customers to serve, what products to produce, and which geographic areas to select as markets.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 185

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 377. Because economic and competitive environments frequently change, organizations should: 

  • 378. A. set a long-term plan and stick to it.

  • 379. B. develop contingency plans.

  • 380. C. save time and money by cutting back on planning.

  • 381. D. eliminate any long-term strategic plans, but devise short-term tactical plans and update them once a year.

  • Feedback: Contingency planning identifies alternative courses of action for use if the primary plans do not achieve the objectives of the organization. This type of planning is necessary in today's environment where economic and competitive conditions change frequently.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 186-187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 382. Which of the following techniques would a team of workers be most likely to use if they wanted to evaluate several possible solutions to a specific problem their company needs to solve? 

  • 383. A. PERT

  • 384. B. Regression analysis

  • 385. C. PMI

  • 386. D. MBO

  • Feedback: PMI is a problem solving technique that evaluates possible solutions by identifying their pluses, minuses, and implications.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Decision Making: Finding the Best Alternative

  •  

  • 387. The Japanese tsunami disaster of March 2011 had a negative effect on the automobile industry. With production and distribution in Japan at a standstill, American auto assembly plants could not get the auto parts that usually come from Japan. As described in the Reaching Beyond Our Borders box, “The Japanese Crisis, Terrorism, and American Business,” companies must stay flexible, and create appropriate, alternate plans in case they are confronted by unexpected occurrences. These actions are more specifically referred to as _____________. 

  • 388. A. operational planning

  • 389. B. contingency planning

  • 390. C. tactical planning

  • 391. D. motivational planning

  • Feedback: Contingency planning refers to creating alternate plans in case unforeseen circumstances impact the original plan (course of action). If the primary plan does not work out, the firm must have contingent plans of action to fall back on.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 185

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Reaching Beyond Our Borders box

  • 392. Jenna Raiter, the president and CEO of AutoMotion Auto Service Centers, has asked several managers and employees to help establish a statement to outline the fundamental purposes of their company. The result of this effort is likely to be a document known as a(n): 

  • 393. A. payoff matrix.

  • 394. B. mission statement.

  • 395. C. tactical plan.

  • 396. D. organization chart.

  • Feedback: Employees and managers often work together to design a mission statement that reflects the organization's fundamental purposes.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 397. Jamal is part of a management group that is examining whether his company, State Engineering, should offer some important new services that would broaden its business by appealing to a different group of potential clients. Jamal's group is involved with: 

  • 398. A. contingency planning.

  • 399. B. operational planning.

  • 400. C. strategic planning.

  • 401. D. tactical planning.

  • Feedback: Strategic planning involves setting the major goals of the organization and the policies and strategies for obtaining and using resources to achieve those goals. This type of planning looks at which customers to serve, what products or services to offer, and the geographic areas where the firm will operate.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 185

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 402. Monica was hired by the Misty Mount Corporation to take over as the new chief executive officer. Her initial impression is that the company is in disarray, primarily because the employees do not have a sense of purpose or a common set of values. Monica's observations suggest that she needs to provide a(n) _________ for Misty Mount. 

  • 403. A. vision

  • 404. B. contingency plan

  • 405. C. objective function

  • 406. D. corporate logo

  • Feedback: A vision explains why an organization exists and where it is trying to go. The purpose of a vision is to provide a sense of purpose and a common set of values to unite the workers and give them a sense of direction.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 407. Customers who visit any Good As New Appliance Repair Center see a framed statement prominently displayed near the front door. The plaque describes the company's fundamental purposes. In part, it states that "All Good As New Centers operate under the belief that every customer deserves good quality parts, fast and dependable service, and a fair price." The words on this plaque reflect the ____________ of Good As New. 

  • 408. A. strategic plan

  • 409. B. mission statement

  • 410. C. corporate agenda

  • 411. D. corporate charter

  • Feedback: A mission statement is an attempt to reflect the organization's fundamental values. It identifies the guiding principles of the organization.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 412. Setting contingency plans in an organization is considered very important today mainly because: 

  • 413. A. managers have historically been poor tactical planners.

  • 414. B. the government can charge firms with unfair business practices if they do not have such plans.

  • 415. C. conditions change rapidly in today's economic and competitive environments.

  • 416. D. most employees and staff don't understand strategic planning, so they tend to rely more on contingency plans.

  • Feedback: Contingency planning involves developing alternative plans that can be used if the primary plan proves unsatisfactory. This type of planning helps firms cope with changes in the economic and competitive environment that might render the primary plan ineffective.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 186-187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 417. When a firm makes use of the SWOT analysis, one of its objectives is to: 

  • 418. A. identify the best employees to fill each position within the organization.

  • 419. B. set specific short-term performance standards for each department.

  • 420. C. evaluate the desirability of issuing stocks or bonds in the current financial climate.

  • 421. D. identify the things it does well as an organization and the things it needs to improve.

  • Feedback: SWOT analysis identifies an organization's strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. In the context of SWOT, strengths and weaknesses are internal to the firm. In other words, strengths refer to what the firm currently does well, and weaknesses refer to the areas where the company needs to improve.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 422. Jermaine is a manager with Drevil Industries. Part of his job is to make specific short-term decisions about what his department must do to achieve Drevil's long-term success. Jermaine is involved in: 

  • 423. A. strategic planning.

  • 424. B. contingency planning.

  • 425. C. tactical planning.

  • 426. D. complimentary planning.

  • Feedback: Tactical planning is concerned with developing specific short run decisions about what is to be done, who is to do it, and how it is to be done.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 427. Kayla is a supervisor who manages a production line. She spends several hours each week developing specific employee work assignments and production schedules for the coming week so that the production department can meet its short-term production objectives. This suggests that a significant component of Kayla's job involves: 

  • 428. A. strategic planning.

  • 429. B. contingency planning.

  • 430. C. tactical planning.

  • 431. D. operational planning.

  • Feedback: Operational planning is the process of setting work standards and schedules necessary to implement tactical objectives. Lower level managers such as supervisors and department managers usually carry out this type of planning.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 186

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 432. Flavio, CEO of Fabulous Frozen Custard believes that alternate plans are almost as important as the primary operational plans because external circumstances such as the weather, competitor moves, and even economic conditions make it important to have a Plan B. Flavio endorses: 

  • 433. A. tactical planning.

  • 434. B. retroactive planning.

  • 435. C. concurrent planning.

  • 436. D. contingency planning.

  • Feedback: Contingency plans provide alternative courses of action for use if the organization's primary plans fail to achieve their intended results.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 186-187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 437. Carlos had been thinking of setting up a graphic design service business for quite some time. He knew that he wanted to work at home and he now had several leads for prospective customers. He also knew how much money he needed to make to cover his expenses. He had several ways to approach his new business including working by himself or taking on a partner. Both ways needed more thought to determine what each would involve. In terms of the rational decision-making model, Carlos is in which of the following steps? 

  • 438. A. Defining the situation

  • 439. B. Describing and collect needed information

  • 440. C. Develop alternatives

  • 441. D. Develop agreement among those involved

  • Feedback: Carlos has already defined the situation—that of opening a graphic design service business. He has described that he would like to locate the business in his home and who some of the customers might be. Further he has collected information about how much money he must earn. He is just beginning to consider whether he should work alone or with a partner so he is in the "develop alternatives" step.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Decision Making: Finding the Best Alternative

  •  

  • 442. __________ is the management function that involves allocating resources, assigning tasks, and establishing procedures for accomplishing the organizational objectives. 

  • 443. A. Controlling

  • 444. B. Outsourcing

  • 445. C. Organizing

  • 446. D. Coordinating

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 188

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 447. A(n) __________ is used by an organization to show who is accountable for the completion of specific work and who reports to whom. 

  • 448. A. balance sheet

  • 449. B. Venn diagram

  • 450. C. stakeholder outline

  • 451. D. organization chart

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 188

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 452. A(n) ________________ is a visual device which shows relationships among people and divides the organization's work. 

  • 453. A. organization chart

  • 454. B. Venn diagram

  • 455. C. corporate tree

  • 456. D. Gantt chart

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 188

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 457. The level of management that is directly responsible for assigning specific jobs to workers and evaluating their daily performance is called: 

  • 458. A. primary management.

  • 459. B. middle management.

  • 460. C. supervisory management.

  • 461. D. secondary management.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 462. Middle managers are responsible for: 

  • 463. A. establishing the vision for the organization.

  • 464. B. assigning specific jobs and evaluating the daily performance of workers.

  • 465. C. devising the organization's strategic plan.

  • 466. D. developing tactical plans and controlling.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 467. General and divisional managers, plant managers, and deans and department heads at colleges are classified as: 

  • 468. A. middle management.

  • 469. B. supervisory management.

  • 470. C. top management.

  • 471. D. nominal management.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 472. Supervisory managers spend most of their time on: 

  • 473. A. conceptual and financial skills.

  • 474. B. technical and human relations skills.

  • 475. C. strategic planning.

  • 476. D. external efforts such as meeting with stockholders and other stakeholders.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 477. ___________ skills involve a manager's ability to picture the organization as a whole and the relationship among its various parts. 

  • 478. A. Creative

  • 479. B. Technical

  • 480. C. Conceptual

  • 481. D. Autonomic

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 482. ____________ skills include the ability to perform tasks of a specific department or job, such as selling (marketing) or bookkeeping (accounting). 

  • 483. A. Conceptual

  • 484. B. Departmental

  • 485. C. Technical

  • 486. D. Tactical

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 487. Leadership, coaching, and morale building are all part of a manager's _________ skills. 

  • 488. A. technical

  • 489. B. theoretical

  • 490. C. empirical

  • 491. D. human relations

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 492. Although top managers most often possess these skills, they usually make less use of __________ skills than supervisory managers. 

  • 493. A. technical

  • 494. B. conceptual

  • 495. C. human relations

  • 496. D. empirical

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 497. The downsizing that has occurred in recent years has __________ middle managers in many organizations. 

  • 498. A. increased the number of

  • 499. B. eliminated the jobs of some

  • 500. C. strengthened the control of

  • 501. D. increased the importance of

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 502. Which of the following management positions is responsible for getting the right information to other managers to enable them to make better decisions? 

  • 503. A. Chief executive officer (CEO)

  • 504. B. Chief financial officer (CFO)

  • 505. C. Chief planning officer (CPO)

  • 506. D. Chief information officer (CIO)

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 507. The further up the managerial ladder a person moves, the __________ his or her original job skills become. 

  • 508. A. more important

  • 509. B. less important

  • 510. C. stronger

  • 511. D. more tactical

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 512. A chief operating officer (COO) would be classified as part of a firm's: 

  • 513. A. primary management.

  • 514. B. middle management.

  • 515. C. top management.

  • 516. D. first-line management.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 188-189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 517. ___________ involves recruiting, hiring, motivating, and retaining the best people available to accomplish the company's objectives. 

  • 518. A. Directing

  • 519. B. Planning

  • 520. C. Leading

  • 521. D. Staffing

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Staffing: Getting and Keeping the Right People

  •  

  • 522. In comparing the types of skills used by managers at different levels within an organization, which of the following is true? 

  • 523. A. Top managers use mainly technical skills and middle and first-line managers use mostly conceptual skills

  • 524. B. First-line managers use mainly technical and human relations skills, while top managers devote most of their time to activities involving human relations and conceptual skills

  • 525. C. The types of skills used by managers do not change much from one level of management to another

  • 526. D. The specific skills used at different levels of management do vary, but conceptual skills are the most important at all levels

  • Feedback: First-line managers spend most of their time explaining procedures, assigning jobs, and evaluating the performance of employees within their own areas. These activities require human relations and technical skills. Top managers are more concerned with creating a vision, strategic planning, and overseeing the operations of the organization as a whole. This requires them to use conceptual and human relations skills.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 189-190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 527. Gabriella is responsible for hiring, motivating, and retaining the best employees for her organization. Gabriella is in charge of: 

  • 528. A. staffing.

  • 529. B. orienting.

  • 530. C. directing.

  • 531. D. facilitating.

  • Feedback: Staffing is the function of hiring, motivating, and retaining the best people available to accomplish the company's objectives.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Staffing: Getting and Keeping the Right People

  •  

  • 532. After thirteen years as a laborer for Hendrix Construction, Jimmy was promoted to the position of foreman. He is directly responsible for assigning various jobs to his work crew and evaluating their performance on a daily basis. Jimmy is now a member of: 

  • 533. A. top management.

  • 534. B. middle management.

  • 535. C. supervisory management.

  • 536. D. forward management.

  • Feedback: Supervisory (or first-line) managers are concerned with assigning workers to specific jobs and evaluating the daily performance of those workers.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 537. By completing the courses needed to obtain a college major in accounting, marketing, or some other field, a student can go a long way toward acquiring the _________ skills managers need to rise through the ranks of their area of specialization. 

  • 538. A. autocratic

  • 539. B. technical

  • 540. C. human relations

  • 541. D. secondary

  • Feedback: Technical skills involve the knowledge and ability to perform a specific task. A portion of the course work in these technical areas is intended to enable the student to perform specific activities.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 542. Which of the following persons is most likely to be involved in strategic planning? 

  • 543. A. Chief executive officer

  • 544. B. Electrical shop supervisor

  • 545. C. Budget analyst

  • 546. D. Advertising manager

  • Feedback: Top managers, such as the chief executive officer of a firm normally develop strategic plans.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 188-189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 547. Axel is in a new position, serving as a first-line manager. Axel's position will require him to spend a lot of time: 

  • 548. A. developing strategic plans.

  • 549. B. evaluating the daily performance of workers.

  • 550. C. creating a vision for the company.

  • 551. D. providing information to stakeholders.

  • Feedback: First-line managers are responsible for assigning specific jobs to workers and evaluating the performance of employees on a daily basis.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 552. Anita is employed as plant manager for Mojo Industries, Incorporated. Though she spends some time performing all management functions, she is particularly concerned with tactical planning and controlling. Anita's position would be classified as part of Mojo's: 

  • 553. A. top management.

  • 554. B. lateral management.

  • 555. C. supervisory management.

  • 556. D. middle management.

  • Feedback: Tactical planning and controlling are primarily the responsibility of middle managers. Examples of middle managers include plant managers, branch managers, deans and department heads.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 189

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Organizing: Creating a Unified System

  •  

  • 557. After working for eleven years as a production line worker, Hollis recently was made a foreman. In his new position, Hollis will rely on: 

  • 558. A. conceptual skills more than human relations skills.

  • 559. B. technical skills and human relations skills more than conceptual skills.

  • 560. C. technical skills and conceptual skills, but he won't really need any human relations skills.

  • 561. D. accounting and financial skills.

  • Feedback: As a first-line manager, Hollis will work with employees in ways that will require him to use technical and human relations skills extensively. First-line managers spend little time on activities requiring conceptual skills.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 189-190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 562. Ricardo works as a department head at Barnes Hospital. His job requires Ricardo to spend most of his time training and coaching employees to perform their jobs more effectively and teaching other managers to be better leaders. Ricardo's job requires him to make full use of his: 

  • 563. A. technical skills.

  • 564. B. conceptual skills.

  • 565. C. orientation skills.

  • 566. D. human relations skills.

  • Feedback: Human relations skills include the ability to train, coach, and motivate employees so that they become more productive.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 567. As CEO of Oracle, Larry Ellison performs strategic planning for the organization as well as putting structure in place to monitor company progress. These activities make use of Larry’s: 

  • 568. A. conceptual skills.

  • 569. B. technical skills.

  • 570. C. concurrent skills.

  • 571. D. human relations skills.

  • Feedback: Conceptual skills refer to a manager's ability to see the organization as a whole and the relationships of various parts of the organization to each other. These types of skills are important to managers as they perform such tasks as strategic planning and controlling.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 572. Vinnie wants to become a manager in his company, but he has always been a bit shy and has a hard time interacting with co-workers. In order for Vinnie to succeed as a manager, he will need to work on his: 

  • 573. A. technical skills.

  • 574. B. human relations skills.

  • 575. C. control skills.

  • 576. D. integration skills.

  • Feedback: Working with people effectively requires managers to develop their human relations skills. Virtually all managers, regardless of level, need human relations skills to perform their jobs successfully.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 577. Rob intends to major in accounting because he is confident that an ability to read and interpret financial and accounting data is the way to get to the top in business. Rob seems to be concerned with developing his: 

  • 578. A. technical skills.

  • 579. B. verbal skills.

  • 580. C. qualitative skills.

  • 581. D. conceptual skills.

  • Feedback: Technical skills are the skills that provide a manager proficiency in a particular area, such as accounting, finance, or marketing.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 582. _____________ involves creating a vision for others to follow, establishing corporate values and ethics, and transforming the way an organization does business so that it is more effective and efficient. 

  • 583. A. Organizing

  • 584. B. Production management

  • 585. C. Tactical planning

  • 586. D. Leadership

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 190-191

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 587. Leaders: 

  • 588. A. embrace change.

  • 589. B. are mainly concerned with tactical issues as opposed to change issues.

  • 590. C. tend to do the work themselves rather than delegate it to others.

  • 591. D. strive to maintain order and stability.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 592. The __________ style of leadership is characterized by making managerial decisions without consulting others. 

  • 593. A. autocratic

  • 594. B. bureaucratic

  • 595. C. free rein

  • 596. D. democratic

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 192

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 597. Managers who listen to their subordinates and allow them to participate in decision-making are using the ____________ style of leadership. 

  • 598. A. autocratic

  • 599. B. free-rein

  • 600. C. participative

  • 601. D. bureaucratic

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 193

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 602. A(n) __________ leader would set objectives and give employees a great deal of freedom to decide for themselves how to accomplish those objectives. 

  • 603. A. free-rein

  • 604. B. autocratic

  • 605. C. Type A

  • 606. D. aristocratic

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 193-194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 607. A key to effective leadership is the ability to: 

  • 608. A. maintain order, stability, and control.

  • 609. B. communicate a vision and rally others around that vision.

  • 610. C. master the technical details of the jobs performed by subordinates.

  • 611. D. maintain an autocratic approach to dealing with others.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 190-191

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 612. __________ is the term used to describe giving workers the education and tools they need to assume additional decision-making powers. 

  • 613. A. Energizing

  • 614. B. Provisioning

  • 615. C. Upgrading

  • 616. D. Enabling

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Empowering Workers

  •  

  • 617. _____________ means giving employees the authority and responsibility to respond quickly to customer requests. 

  • 618. A. Restructuring

  • 619. B. Delineating

  • 620. C. Empowerment

  • 621. D. Intrapreneuring

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Empowering Workers

  •  

  • 622. In traditional organizations, ____________ involves giving explicit instructions to workers, telling them what to do to meet the goals and objectives of the organization. 

  • 623. A. directing

  • 624. B. organizing

  • 625. C. budgeting

  • 626. D. controlling

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Empowering Workers

  •  

  • 627.  ____________ is concerned with finding the right information and making that information accessible and understood by everyone in an organization. 

  • 628. A. Mission management

  • 629. B. Data management

  • 630. C. Knowledge management

  • 631. D. Auditing

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 195

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing Knowledge

  •  

  • 632. The first step in developing a knowledge management system is to: 

  • 633. A. empower employees to make their own decisions and accept the consequences.

  • 634. B. obtain the necessary information system technologies.

  • 635. C. recognize that perfect information is readily available in all organizations.

  • 636. D. determine what knowledge is most important to the organization.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 195

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Managing Knowledge

  •  

  • 637. One difference between managers and leaders is that: 

  • 638. A. managers are found in businesses while leaders operate in nonprofit organizations.

  • 639. B. mangers work to achieve stability while leaders embrace change.

  • 640. C. managers use an autocratic approach while leaders embrace a democratic style.

  • 641. D. all employees can manage, but only top managers can lead.

  • Feedback: Business literature often notes that leaders and managers do not always share the same traits. For example, although managers typically strive for order and stability, leaders frequently embrace change.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 642. Which of the following statements about effective leadership is the most accurate? 

  • 643. A. Effective leaders have the same personality traits

  • 644. B. The most effective leadership style depends on who is being led and in what situation

  • 645. C. The democratic style of leadership will almost always improve the effectiveness of the organization

  • 646. D. One trait of effective managers is that they consistently maintain the same style of leadership

  • Feedback: No single style of leadership always works best. The style that is most effective depends on the situation and the people who are being led.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 647. Autocratic leadership is likely to be effective when: 

  • 648. A. subordinates are highly trained professionals.

  • 649. B. the organization faces an emergency situation.

  • 650. C. workers enjoy expressing their opinions and having a say in what is done.

  • 651. D. the manager is uncertain about the best strategy to pursue.

  • Feedback: Autocratic leadership consists of making decisions without consulting others, issuing orders, and expecting subordinates to follow orders without question. This style of leadership may be effective, and even necessary, when an organization faces a crisis in which someone must take charge and make decisions quickly.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 192

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 652. Which of the following statements about leadership styles is most accurate? 

  • 653. A. A manager should choose one style and use it consistently

  • 654. B. Managers have no control over the leadership style they use

  • 655. C. Effective managers often use a variety of leadership styles

  • 656. D. Managers should always start with an autocratic style, but can gradually switch to a more democratic approach if workers earn their trust

  • Feedback: Since the most effective leadership style depends on who is being led and the situation, managers may find that they need to use different styles when they deal with different employees, or when conditions change.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 657. Business partners Lars and Sam brought to life a revolutionary idea. Both were skilled in computer science. For the first few years, they hired people with their same mindset: employees who worked well under a free-reign leadership style where they could expand upon the company’s technology and create new products. Moving forward, the partners realized that their fast-growing venture needed structure. Lars and Sam understood what was needed, but questioned whether they could change their own leadership behavior to make it happen. In order to develop the financial and operations side of the business, the partners hired an additional leader, a person whose leadership style was high on structure. Which of the following statements about leader behavior attests to the soundness of this strategic move? 

  • 658. A. These partners could not perform the four functions of management.

  • 659. B. Successful leaders adapt their behavior to the situation at hand.

  • 660. C. Most successful leaders will choose one leadership style and never succumb to the threat that their behavior will be detrimental to a business’s progress.

  • 661. D. Businesses cannot continue to grow under the leadership of the original owners. Leaders cannot be strong in consideration and structure. It is either one or the other, but never both in various amounts.

  • Feedback: Successful leaders have the ability to adapt their leadership behavior to the situation. The most effective leadership style depends upon the goals, values, and present situation of the company. In this case, the partners recognized that as the business grew, it would be confronted with different situations that might require a leadership style that differed from their free-reign, entrepreneurial style. They wanted all bases covered, so they hired an additional leader that brought a different style to the leadership team.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  • 662. As firms make greater use of empowerment and teams, managers will find that they: 

  • 663. A. should use the same techniques for directing employees that were used in the past.

  • 664. B. will need to closely supervise the teams to make sure they remain focused on the goals of the organization.

  • 665. C. will need to provide the teams with detailed instructions to give them a clear sense of direction.

  • 666. D. must become more like coaches and counselors than bosses.

  • Feedback: Empowerment means giving workers the authority and responsibility to respond quickly to customer requests. For empowerment to work, employees must be given the knowledge, tools, and freedom to make decisions without waiting for approval from their manager. Thus, a manager in an organization that relies on empowerment must be more like a coach and counselor than a boss or director who tells the workers exactly what to do.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Empowering Workers

  •  

  • 667. The Social Media in Business box titled, “Using Social Media to Build Customer Support,” reflects upon the use of blogs and Twitter and other social media sources to measure customer satisfaction. Company employees scan various social media to stay current with customer perceptions and complaints. It is important that customers perceive that products and services are meeting or exceeding the standards that companies set. The _____________ of management involves the monitoring of product and service performance. 

  • 668. A. leadership process

  • 669. B. control process

  • 670. C. organizing process

  • 671. D. planning process

  • Feedback: The control process begins with clear performance standards. The process then involves monitoring and recording the performance of products and services, and comparing these results to the standards previously set. If necessary, corrective action is taken to bring negatively performing products and services to the level originally set.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 193

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Social Media in Business box

  • 672. When we think of successful music entertainment groups of the past sixty years, the Beatles™ almost always appear in the top 5! In the early days, the entertainment group’s life cycle could have ended as so many other rock groups do—here today, gone tomorrow. The four musicians were definitely creative and passionate about their craft and genre of music. As the informal leader of the group, John Lennon _____________ the others to make important compositional contributions. All four members had the opportunity to create musical compositions and receive copyright credit for their contributions.

  • 673. A. transformed

  • 674. B. enabled

  • 675. C. empowered

  • 676. D. commanded

  • Feedback: Progressive leaders today give employees the authority and responsibility to make decisions on their own. This is the essence of empowerment. The management coaches and advises employees, rather than directing their work.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Empowering Workers

  • 677. Which of the following best summarizes the type of leader future organizations are likely to need? In the future, organizations will need leaders who: 

  • 678. A. supply both a vision and a moral and ethical foundation for growth.

  • 679. B. provide the sense of stability and orderliness the organization needs to withstand the challenges posed by a changing environment.

  • 680. C. have a strong track record of focusing on the accomplishment of financial objectives.

  • 681. D. are effective at using autocratic techniques.

  • Feedback: Leaders provide vision. In the future, they will also be called upon to provide the organization with its moral compass by stressing corporate values and corporate ethics.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 190-192

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leading: Providing Continuous Vision and Values

  •  

  • 682. The CEO of peripheral company QuickDrive uses a leadership style that encourages employees to discuss management issues with the CEO and to work together to resolve those issues in a democratic manner. Which of the following statements would the CEO of QuickDrive most likely make? 

  • 683. A. The key to QuickDrive staying on top in a high-tech industry is not wasting time checking out what other firms do, but to act immediately on my directives

  • 684. B. In a high-tech business, it is more important to invest in technology than to invest in people

  • 685. C. The key to keeping talented employees loyal to QuickDrive is to use a participative management style and treat them with respect, value their ideas, give them the resources they need, and expect great things from them

  • 686. D. Spending a lot of money to buy out competitors for their technology is likely to backfire, because QuickDrive is a leader in technology development

  • Feedback: The CEO of QuickDrive uses a participative management style, one that consists of managers and employees working together to make decisions. At meetings employees discuss management issues and resolve those issues together in a democratic manner, another attribute of the participative leadership style.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 193

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 687. Well-known retired basketball coach, Bob Knight, was known for his emotional antics at Indiana University and Texas Tech. If you talk with Bob, he believes in total dedication from his team and total compliance to his style of coaching. It's "his way or the highway." Bob typifies the _____________ style of leader. 

  • 688. A. bureaucratic

  • 689. B. free-rein

  • 690. C. remanded

  • 691. D. autocratic

  • Feedback: Autocratic leaders make decisions without consulting others.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 192

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 692. At Holyfield Chemicals, department heads usually make decisions after meeting with employees and seeking their ideas and suggestions. Department heads at Holyfield Chemicals make extensive use of the ___________ style of leadership. 

  • 693. A. autocratic

  • 694. B. diplomatic

  • 695. C. participative (democratic)

  • 696. D. open shop

  • Feedback: Democratic managers seek out the opinions and ideas of their subordinates and allow them to participate in decision-making.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 193

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 697. At Lifeline Pharmaceuticals, highly regarded research personnel rely on top management to provide strategic direction. Beyond that, researchers work on their own to develop new drugs to satisfy customer needs and company profit objectives. Middle management at Lifeline practice _____________. 

  • 698. A. free-rein leadership

  • 699. B. consultative leadership

  • 700. C. projectory leadership

  • 701. D. autocratic leadership

  • Feedback: Free-rein leadership consists of managers setting objectives, and then giving subordinates a significant degree of freedom to do what it takes to accomplish those objectives.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 193-194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 702. Recently, a senior software engineer complained that his boss was always in the “command and control” mode: “He doesn’t trust us to make the right decision!” The boss rarely took the advice of his employees. There were occasions when productivity was hampered because he chose to do things only his way. Referring to leadership styles, this would best be described as: 

  • 703. A. free reign.

  • 704. B. democratic.

  • 705. C. alternative.

  • 706. D. autocratic.

  • Feedback: Autocratic leadership means making managerial decisions without consulting others. This style is effective in emergencies, or with new, rather unskilled employees.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 192

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  • 707. Andrew Bryant of the New York Times interviewed the CEO of Aruba Networks who said he valued a mentor he had at Hewlett Packard several years earlier. In reference to his former mentor, the CEO recalled: “Basically, he would push you and give you as much as you could handle until you started failing. He would encourage you to not be afraid of failing—because when you start failing, that’s when you know where your limit is, and then you can improve around that.  So he actually sometimes would reward failure because that means that you have pushed yourself.” The CEO was describing a former mentor who _______ his employees.

  • 708. A. practiced core competency management with

  • 709. B. breached

  • 710. C. empowered

  • 711. D. benchmarked

  • Feedback: Progressive leaders today give employees the authority and responsibility to make decisions on their own. This is the essence of empowerment. The management coaches and advises employees, rather than directing their work.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Empowering Workers

  • 712. Adam is a first-line manager for Idle Time Gaming, Inc., a company whose values and focus is innovation. Having recently transferred in from a traditional retail (top/down) company, which of the following changes will the new company expect Adam to embrace? 

  • 713. A. He must continue to issue detailed instructions to give the teams a sense of direction

  • 714. B. He will no longer have a management position in the firm, since the purpose of teams is to eliminate the need for first-line managers

  • 715. C. He will need to act less like a "boss" and more like a coach, advisor, counselor, and team player

  • 716. D. He will isolate himself from his subordinates

  • Feedback: Empowerment allows employees to participate more directly in decision-making and gives them more flexibility to respond quickly to customer requests. The result should be better work, and better motivation. However, empowerment will require a change in the role performed by managers, who must behave less like bosses, and more like coaches, counselors, assistants, and team players.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Empowering Workers

  •  

  • 717. Last year, Idle Time Gaming, Inc., experienced one of the most successful introductions of one of its new action videos since the company’s inception. The CEO announced that sales and profits had exceeded company projections. He attributed the success to a flexible plan, which included good design, accurate product testing, and innovative marketing and sales tactics. In order to have good recall of the procedures that were put in place for this successful introduction, he has charged a team of managers to develop a(n) __________________ system, so the company can avoid “reinventing the wheel.” For future introductions, he wants to be able to recall what worked and what didn’t work. 

  • 718. A. information technology

  • 719. B. human relations management

  • 720. C. enablement management

  • 721. D. knowledge management

  • Feedback: Knowledge management is a system of finding the right information, keeping the information in a readily accessible place, and making the information available to all employees.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 195

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Managing Knowledge

  • 722. The first step in controlling consists of: 

  • 723. A. issuing orders and explaining routines.

  • 724. B. setting clear performance standards.

  • 725. C. establishing a clear chain of command.

  • 726. D. assigning workers to perform specific tasks.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 195-196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 727. In order for standards to be useful in the controlling process, they must have certain characteristics. One of these characteristics is that they must be: 

  • 728. A. nonspecific.

  • 729. B. redundant.

  • 730. C. included in the mission statement.

  • 731. D. attainable.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 732. Which of the following should form the foundation of a firm's control system? 

  • 733. A. Accounting and finance

  • 734. B. Marketing and production

  • 735. C. Human resources and finance

  • 736. D. Computing and production

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 737. __________ are units within an organization that receive services from other units within the organization. 

  • 738. A. End-users

  • 739. B. Internal customers

  • 740. C. Third-party distribution centers

  • 741. D. Profit centers

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 196-197

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 742. __________ include dealers, who buy products to sell to others, and ultimate customers who buy products for their own personal use. 

  • 743. A. End users

  • 744. B. External customers

  • 745. C. Internal customers

  • 746. D. Distribution centers

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Knowledge

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms

  • Topic: A Key Criteria for Management: Customer Satisfaction

  •  

  • 747. Ho Han has just spent two hours going over quality reports to determine whether his department is meeting quality standards he set for the current month. Ho's efforts are part of the ___________ function of management. 

  • 748. A. planning

  • 749. B. organizing

  • 750. C. directing

  • 751. D. controlling

  • Feedback: The controlling function of management involves checking to see whether the firm is making progress toward meeting its goals and objectives, and taking corrective action if necessary.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 195

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 752. Pam is a sales manager for Paradise Beauty Products. She has told her sales people that she expects each of them to increase their customer contacts by at least 5 percent in the next month. Pam has set a(n): 

  • 753. A. procedural policy.

  • 754. B. functional objective.

  • 755. C. policy guide.

  • 756. D. performance standard.

  • Feedback: In order to determine whether a firm is making progress toward its goals and objectives, managers must establish specific, attainable, and measurable standards. This is what Pam has done.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 757. Which of the following is a clear performance standard? 

  • 758. A. Bring about a significant improvement in the morale of all workers.

  • 759. B. Decrease the number of products rejected due to manufacturing defects by 10% over the next 6 months.

  • 760. C. Completely eliminate all customer complaints.

  • 761. D. Make secretaries more efficient.

  • Feedback: A good standard must be specific, measurable, and attainable. Answer "B" has all of these characteristics. Answers "A" and "D" are not good standards because "significant improvement" and "more efficient" are too vague. Answer "C" is not a good standard because a complete elimination of all complaints in one month is unlikely to be an attainable standard.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 762. Two years ago, Travis started his own restaurant supply company, serving the greater Chicago area. Until recently, he has never concerned himself with establishing a formal control system. Now, with a recession looming, he is experiencing cost conscious restaurant owners. He has decided that a formal control system is needed. The first step Travis should take is: 

  • 763. A. draw up a formal organization chart.

  • 764. B. talk to his banker to set financial goals.

  • 765. C. devise a set of clear performance standards.

  • 766. D. design an accident report form so that he can keep accurate records of all accidents that occur.

  • Feedback: The first step in the controlling process is to set clear performance standards.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 195-196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 767. Idle Time Gaming, Inc., has established clear standards of performance for its latest video game that will involve physical challenges such as hand-eye coordination and the player’s ability to react quickly. After a significant amount of testing, the results are compared to the previously established development standards. If necessary, the engineering team will correct deficiencies before the game is tested by customers. These activities are part of the _____________ of management.

  • 768. A. organizing function

  • 769. B. control function

  • 770. C. leading function

  • 771. D. planning function

  • Feedback: The control function of management measures performance relative to the planned objectives and standards. The process includes establishing clear standards, as well as comparing results against standards.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 195

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Comprehension

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  • 772. As a middle manager for her firm, Tori just finished comparing the results of a promotional campaign with the outcome expectations. The next step in the control process is: 

  • 773. A. monitor and record actual performance.

  • 774. B. set up contingency plans.

  • 775. C. communicate results and deviations with management and employees involved.

  • 776. D. establish discipline committees to decide on dismissals.

  • Feedback: After comparing results to standards, the next step in the control process is to communicate results and deviations to the employees involved.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 195-196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 777. Harper is a sales rep for an eyeglass company. The company is always on the cutting edge of trendy designs. In her job, she frequently relies on the marketing department to provide her with information and materials. When using customer satisfaction to judge the success of their company, Harper's managers should: 

  • 778. A. ignore Harper's satisfaction, since she is an employee rather than a customer.

  • 779. B. take Harper's satisfaction into account, because customers can be internal as well as external.

  • 780. C. consider Harper's satisfaction, but place less emphasis it than on the satisfaction of a stockholder, since she is an external customer.

  • 781. D. only consider Harper's satisfaction if she has worked in the same job for at least 2 years.

  • Feedback: The criterion for measuring success in a customer-oriented firm is customer satisfaction. However, customers are now defined broadly to include internal customers (people within the organization that receive services from others within the organization) as well as external (dealers and end users). Harper would be an example of an internal customer.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 196-197

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: A Key Criteria for Management: Customer Satisfaction

  •  

  • 782. Customers who shop on Amazon.com™ find it helpful to read the customer reviews associated with products that others have purchased. After making a purchase, the customer can go to Amazon’s website and post his/her opinion of the product recently purchased. This strategy not only assists other customers with their decision making, it helps Amazon react more quickly to the performance of the products it sells. Which of the following statements attests to the value of this service?

  • 783. A. This action provides for complete transparency of company financial performance.

  • 784. B. This action supports a key criterion of the control function: the measurement of customer satisfaction.

  • 785. C. This action provides for better tactical planning, particularly the budgeting process.

  • 786. D. This action supports the premise of recruiting, hiring, and motivating the employees who believe in social media and other ways to reach customers.

  • Feedback: Companies measure their performance in a number of areas, including their financial performance, their areas of operation, their ability to perform learning for their employees, and customer satisfaction. The use of social media and interactive online communication provides the company with current customer perception of products and services.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 196-197

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: A Key Criteria for Management: Customer Satisfaction

  • 787. When establishing criteria to measure the success of a customer-oriented business, managers should: 

  • 788. A. limit their attention to financial measures such as profit and return on investment since these are the only objective and quantifiable measures available.

  • 789. B. focus most of their attention on measures of employee satisfaction, since without good employees the firm will not be competitive.

  • 790. C. focus primarily on financial measures, but pay some attention to non-financial concerns.

  • 791. D. recognize that, while financial measures are important and should be considered, the purpose of the firm is to satisfy both internal and external customers.

  • Feedback: Financial measures of success, such as profit and return on investment, are important and should not be ignored. In fact, these measures have traditionally been the measures most frequently used to judge success. Today, however, the purpose of a customer-oriented firm is to please all of its stakeholders. Thus, non-financial criteria also play an important role in measuring the success of a firm.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 196-197

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: A Key Criteria for Management: Customer Satisfaction

  •  

  • Essay Questions

  •  

  • 792. Identify and define the four key functions of management. 

  • Answer: The four functions of management are planning, organizing, leading, and controlling.

  • Planning includes anticipating future trends and determining the best strategies and tactics to achieve organizational goals and objectives.

  • Organizing includes designing the structure of the organization and creating conditions and systems in which everyone and everything work together to achieve the organization's goals and objectives.

  • Leading is the function concerned with creating a vision for the organization and communicating, guiding, training, coaching, and motivating others to achieve the goals and objectives of the organization. Leading today often involves empowering workers and giving them the freedom to become self-directed and self-motivated.

  • Controlling refers to establishing clear standards to determine whether an organization is progressing toward its goals and objectives, rewarding people for doing a good job, and taking corrective action if they are not. Basically, it means measuring whether what actually occurs meets the organization's goals.

  • Page: 181-183

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-2

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: The Four Functions of Management

  •  

  • 793. Explain the differences between strategic, tactical, operational, and contingency planning. 

  • Answer: Strategic planning is long-range planning that determines major goals of the organization. It provides the foundation for the policies, procedures, and strategies for obtaining and using resources to achieve those goals. Strategic planning deals with such fundamental questions as which customers to serve, what products and services to sell, and the geographic areas in which the firm will compete. Students may note that top managers are very involved in strategic planning.

  • Tactical planning is short-range planning that involves the process of developing detailed, short-term statements about what is to be done, who is to do it, and how it is to be done. Tactical planning involves setting annual budgets and deciding on other details which contribute to reaching strategic objectives. Students may point out that lower level managers are more heavily involved in tactical planning.

  • Operational planning involves setting the work standards and schedules necessary to implement the company's tactical objectives. Whereas strategic planning looks at the organization as a whole, operational planning focuses on specific supervisors, department managers, and individual employees.

  • Contingency planning is the preparation of alternative courses of action that may be used if the primary plans do not achieve the objectives of the organization. Due to rapid changes that can occur in economic and competitive environments, it is wise to have alternative plans ready to be implemented. Crisis planning is a part of contingency planning that involves reacting to sudden changes in the environment.

  • Page: 185-187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 794. What is the purpose of the SWOT analysis? What types of information does this analysis provide? 

  • Answer: SWOT analysis is an analysis of an organization's strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. It is used to help managers answer several fundamental questions related to the planning function. These questions include:

  •  What is the current situation facing the organization?

  •  What is the state of the business environment?

  •  What opportunities currently exist for meeting people's needs?

  •  What products and customers are most profitable?

  •  Why do people buy (or not buy) our products?

  •  Who are our major competitors, and what threats do they pose for our business?

  • SWOT begins with an analysis of the general business environment. It then identifies the strengths and weaknesses of the firm. This part of SWOT involves internal analysis, which can normally be done fairly easily. Then the analysis attempts to identify opportunities and competitive and environmental threats. Since these are based on factors that are external to the firm, they are more difficult to assess.

  • Figure 7.3 lists several issues that SWOT analysis may examine.

  • Page: 184

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 795. What is empowerment? How has the movement toward empowerment changed the role of the manager? 

  • Answer: Empowerment means giving employees the authority and responsibility to respond quickly to consumer requests.

  • In the past, managers often were "bosses" who issued orders and expected workers to carry them out. With the trend toward empowered workers, the manager's role is changing. The role of managers of empowered workers will be less that of "boss" and more that of coach, assistant, counselor and team member. They will work to "enable" workers to perform their tasks by giving them the education, training, and resources they need to assume their self-directed responsibilities.

  • Page: 194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Empowering Workers

  •  

  • 796. Describe the three basic types of management skills, and relate these skills to the tasks performed by different levels of management. 

  • Answer: The three basic types of management skills are technical skills, human relations skills, and conceptual skills.

  • Technical skills are the skills needed to perform tasks in a specific discipline (such as selling a product or developing software) or department (such as marketing or information systems).

  • Human relations skills involve communication and motivation; they enable managers to work through and with people. Such skills also include those associated with leadership, coaching, morale building, delegating, training and development, and help and supportiveness.

  • Conceptual skills refer to the ability to picture the organization as a whole and the relationships among its various parts. Conceptual skills are needed in planning, organizing, controlling, systems development, problem analysis, decision-making, coordinating, and delegating.

  • First-line managers, who often must explain procedures and specific techniques to employees, and evaluate the performance of those employees, make extensive use of technical skills. First-line managers seldom perform tasks requiring conceptual skills. At higher levels of management, managers tend to rely more on conceptual skills to carry out their controlling and planning functions but seldom need technical skills. Managers at all levels make use of human relations skills.

  • Page: 190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

  • 797. Describe three different leadership styles and give an example of a situation in which each style could be most used effectively. 

  • Answer: Students should identify the following leadership styles:

  • Autocratic leadership involves making managerial decisions without consulting others. Such a style is effective in emergencies and when absolute followership is needed—for example, when fighting fires. Autocratic leadership is also effective sometimes with new, relatively unskilled workers who need clear direction and guidance.

  • Democratic (or participative) leadership encourages managers and employees to work together to make decisions. Research has found that employee participation in decisions may not always increase effectiveness, but it usually increases job satisfaction. Many progressive organizations are highly successful at using a democratic style of leadership that values traits such as flexibility, good listening skills, and empathy. Companies such as IBM, Cisco, and AT&T have used this style successfully.

  • Free-rein leadership involves setting objectives and giving employees a significant amount of freedom to do whatever it takes to accomplish those objectives. Doctors often have this flexibility in hospitals, as do other professionals such as engineers and lawyers who often work on special projects or cases. The traits needed by managers in such organizations include warmth, friendliness, and understanding.

  • Page: 192-194

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  •  

  • Multiple Choice Questions

  •  

  • Mini-Case

  • Lauzy Fare left his position as senior vice president at Blue Skies Electronics a few weeks ago to become the new CEO of Idle Time Gaming. Before joining the new company, Lauzy spent time studying Idle Time's competitive position and talking to employees in all divisions and at all levels of the organization. Based on his findings, Lauzy believes that Idle Time has potential, but also faces some serious challenges if it expects to grow.

  • Lauzy found that when confronted by him, most of Idle Time's professional employees seemed almost afraid to express their opinions. He learned that Otto Craddick, the previous CEO and founder of the company viewed himself as the boss, and, as such, micromanaged every aspect of the business. This discouraged employees from using their own initiatives and ideas to solve problems. For example, Otto required sales and service representatives to get his approval before they made any major commitments to customers. Otto's policy prevented the organization from responding quickly to customer requests, so sales were lost. Unlike his predecessor, Lauzy believes it is important for sales and service personnel to be able to deal with many types of customer requests without needing approval from top management. He is confident that giving employees the authority and flexibility to deal with customers, and providing them with the training and resources to help them do so, will improve morale within the company, create customer satisfaction, and grow revenues.

  • Lauzy also wants to make workers throughout the organization feel more appreciated. He plans to continue meeting with them on a regular basis to seek their advice. He hopes his work colleagues will eventually respond to his leadership style. He has already encouraged middle managers to get employees more involved in decision-making, and has suggested some problem solving techniques the managers could try.

  • Although he thought that changing the rigidity of the company culture would be his first challenge at the new firm, Lauzy quickly realized that there were no standards in place to measure the progress of changes in internal morale, customer satisfaction, and profitability. He has asked managers in those departments to spend more time setting performance standards and then monitoring actual performance. Lauzy is confident that in a relatively short period of time internal changes will lead to good company performance. As a member of top management, Lauzy performs a variety of important tasks.

  •  

  • 798. Otto, the previous CEO at Idle Time Gaming relied on a(n) ___________ style of management. 

  • 799. A. autocratic

  • 800. B. iconoclastic

  • 801. C. democratic

  • 802. D. free-rein

  • Feedback: Otto made decisions without consulting others, and expected subordinates to follow orders without question. These are characteristics of the autocratic style of management.

  • Answer: A

  • Page: 192

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 803. Lauzy seems to prefer a(n) __________ style of leadership. 

  • 804. A. autocratic

  • 805. B. democratic (or participative)

  • 806. C. PMI

  • 807. D. altruistic

  • Feedback: Lauzy likes to listen to the opinions and ideas of subordinates and get them involved in decision making. This indicates a democratic, or participative, style of leadership.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 193

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-5

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Leadership Styles

  •  

  • 808. Lauzy favors problem-solving techniques that allow teams of workers to freely identify and discuss possible solutions to a problem without having their ideas censored. Which of the following is a problem solving technique that Lauzy is likely to suggest to his managers? 

  • 809. A. SWOT analysis

  • 810. B. PERT analysis

  • 811. C. brainstorming

  • 812. D. controlling

  • Feedback: Brainstorming is a problem solving technique that encourages workers to come up with as many potential solutions to the problem as possible in a short time period without censoring the ideas.

  • Answer: C

  • Page: 187

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-3

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Planning and Decision Making

  •  

  • 813. Lauzy's decision to establish well-defined standards for monitoring performance means that he expects management to seriously engage in the _________ function of management. 

  • 814. A. research and development

  • 815. B. verbalizing

  • 816. C. organizing

  • 817. D. controlling

  • Feedback: Controlling is the process of measuring performance relative to objectives and standards and taking corrective action when necessary.

  • Answer: D

  • Page: 195-196

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-6

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works

  •  

  • 818. Which of the following statements best describes the relative importance of the various types of skills Lauzy will use to perform these tasks? The tasks Lauzy performs will require: 

  • 819. A. only technical skills.

  • 820. B. mainly conceptual skills and human relations skills.

  • 821. C. only human relations skills.

  • 822. D. mainly technical skills and human relations skills.

  • Feedback: As a top manager, Lauzy may have good technical skills, but will more often use conceptual and human relations skills in day to day activities. The strategic planning, leadership, and other activities required of a CEO, however, will require him to use conceptual and human relations skills extensively.

  • Answer: B

  • Page: 189-190

  • AACSB: Reflective Thinking

  • Bloom's: Application

  • Learning Goal: 07-4

  • Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles

  • Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management

  •  

Nội dung

Chapter 01 Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment Businesses provide goods, jobs, and services to others. Businesses seek to earn a profit by providing goods and services to others Profits of a business include the salaries paid to its employees Maintaining a high quality of life requires the combined efforts of businesses, nonprofit organizations, and government agencies. Discuss the views of economist Adam Smith. How does the invisible hand philosophy suggested by Smith benefit society as a whole?

Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment TEST PLANNING TABLE FOR CHAPTER Learning Goal LL:1 Knows Basic Terms and Facts LL:2 Understands Concepts and Principles Describe the relationship between profit and risk and show how businesses and nonprofit organizations can raise the standard of living for all 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10, 11,12,13,14,15,16,17 18,19,20,21,22,23, 168,169,170,171,172, 173,174,175,176,177, 178,179 24,25,26,27,28,29,30, 31,32, 180,181,182,183,184, 185,186,187,188,189 33,34,35,36,37,38, 39,40,41,42, 190,191,192,193, 194,195,196, 221, 326*, 330* Compare and contrast being an entrepreneur and working for others 56,57,58, 206,207,208,209,210, 211 59,60,61, 212,213,214,215, 216 Analyze the affect of the economic environment and taxes on businesses 43,44,45,46,47,48,49, 50,51,52,53,54,55, 197,198,199,200,201, 202,203,204,205 62,56,63,64,65,66,67, 68,69,70, 217,218,219,220,221, 222 71,72, 223,2234,225,226 Describe the effect of technology on business 92,93,94,95, 246,247,248,249~ Demonstrate how businesses can meet and beat competition 75,76,77,78,79,80,81, 82,83,84,85,86,87,88, 89,90,91, 232,233,234,235,236, 237,238,239,240,241, 242,243,244,245 102,103,104,105,106, 107,108,109,110, 260,261,262,263 73,74, 227,228,229,230, 231~, 320, 329* 96,97,98,99,100,101 250,251,252,253, 254,255,256,257, 258,259, 321 Analyze the social changes affecting business 127,128,129,130, 282,283,284,285,286 Identify what businesses must to meet the global challenge, which includes war and terrorism 116,117,118,119,120, 121,122,123,124,125, 126, 273,274,275,276,277, 278,279,280,281 134,135,137136,138, 139,140,141,142, 290,291,292,293,294, 295 143,144,145,146, 296,297,298,299,300 147,148,149,150, 301,302,303,304, 305, 324~ Review how past trends are being repeated in the present and what those trends will mean for tomorrow’s college graduate 151,152,153,154,155, 156,157,158,159,160, 161,162, 306,307,308,309,310, 311,312 163,164,165, 313,314,315 166,167, 316,317,318,319, 325 111,112,113, 264,265,266,267 Total number of test items: 330 True/false questions are in plain text Multiple choice questions are in bold text Questions on boxed material are in bold text with a tilde~ Essay questions are in bold underlined text Minicase questions are in bold with an asterisk* 1-1 LL:3 Applies Principles 114,115, 268,269,270,271, 272, 322, 327* 131,132,133, 287,288,289, 323, 328* Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment Chapter 01 Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment Answer Key True / False Questions Businesses provide goods, jobs, and services to others Answer: True Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Entrepreneurship and Wealth Building Businesses seek to earn a profit by providing goods and services to others Answer: True Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Entrepreneurship and Wealth Building Revenue is the amount a business earns above and beyond what it spends for expenses and costs Answer: False Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Revenues, Profits, and Losses Bloom's: Knowledge 1-2 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment Profit is the amount of money a business earns above and beyond what it spends for salaries and other expenses Answer: True Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Revenues, Profits, and Losses Since all businesses make a profit, starting a business is not risky Answer: False Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Matching Risk with Profit An entrepreneur risks time and money to start and manage a business Answer: True Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Matching Risk with Profit If a business's costs and expenses are greater than its revenue, it will suffer a loss Answer: True Page: 1-3 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Revenues, Profits, and Losses Profits of a business include the salaries paid to its employees Answer: False Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Revenues, Profits, and Losses Bloom's: Knowledge Revenue is the total amount of money a business takes in during a given period by selling goods and services Answer: True Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Revenues, Profits, and Losses 10 Risk is the chance an entrepreneur takes of losing time and money on a business that may not prove profitable Answer: True Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Matching Risk with Profit 11 The United States has one of the highest standards of living in the world Answer: True Page: 1-4 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Standard of Living and Quality of Life 12 The term "standard of living" refers to the amount of debt people can incur on a given income Answer: False Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Standard of Living and Quality of Life 13 Health care availability, a clean environment, and good schools all contribute to a high quality of life Answer: True Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Standard of Living and Quality of Life 1-5 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 14 Maintaining a high quality of life requires the combined efforts of businesses, nonprofit organizations, and government agencies Answer: True Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Standard of Living and Quality of Life 15 Stakeholders are all the people who stand to gain or lose by the policies and activities of a business Answer: True Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Responding to the Various Business Stakeholders 16 Stakeholders include customers, employees, stockholders, suppliers, dealers, bankers, government officials and environmentalists Answer: True Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Responding to the Various Business Stakeholders 17 Outsourcing means selling goods and services to people in other countries Answer: False AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Responding to the Various Business Stakeholders Page: 1-6 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 18 Outsourcing has caused many complications in many states where jobs have been lost to overseas companies Answer: True Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Responding to the Various Business Stakeholders 19 Insourcing refers to the practice of global companies setting up design and production facilities in the United States Answer: Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Responding to the Various Business Stakeholders 20 The knowledge and skills learned in business courses are seldom relevant to students who work for nonprofit organizations or volunteer groups Answer: False Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Using Business Principles in Nonprofit Organizations 21 Businesses and nonprofit organizations often strive to accomplish the same objectives Answer: True Page: 1-7 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Using Business Principles in Nonprofit Organizations 1-8 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 22 Nonprofit organizations use financial gains to meet stated social or educational goals of the organization rather than personal profit Answer: True Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Using Business Principles in Nonprofit Organizations 23 Social entrepreneurs are people who start and manage organizations that are not-for-profit Their mission is to help others improve their quality of life Answer: True Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Knowledge Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 1: Knowledge of key terms Topic: Using Business Principles in Nonprofit Organizations 24 The only real purpose of a business is to make money for entrepreneurs Feedback: Businesses don't just make money for entrepreneurs Businesses provide all of us with necessities such as food, clothing, housing, medical care, and transportation, as well as other goods and services that make our lives easier and better Answer: False Page: AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Comprehension Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles Topic: Entrepreneurship and Wealth Building 25 The only way a firm can increase its profits is to increase its sales revenue Feedback: Revenues minus expenses = profits A firm with stable or even declining sales might be able to improve profits by reducing expenses Answer: False Page: 1-9 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Comprehension Learning Goal: 01-1 Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles Topic: Revenues, Profits, and Losses 1-10 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 752 Pam is a sales manager for Paradise Beauty Products She has told her sales people that she expects each of them to increase their customer contacts by at least percent in the next month Pam has set a(n): 753 A procedural policy 754 B functional objective 755 C policy guide 756 D performance standard Feedback: In order to determine whether a firm is making progress toward its goals and objectives, managers must establish specific, attainable, and measurable standards This is what Pam has done Answer: D Page: 196 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Comprehension Learning Goal: 07-6 Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works 757 Which of the following is a clear performance standard? 758 A Bring about a significant improvement in the morale of all workers 759 B Decrease the number of products rejected due to manufacturing defects by 10% over the next months 760 C Completely eliminate all customer complaints 761 D Make secretaries more efficient Feedback: A good standard must be specific, measurable, and attainable Answer "B" has all of these characteristics Answers "A" and "D" are not good standards because "significant improvement" and "more efficient" are too vague Answer "C" is not a good standard because a complete elimination of all complaints in one month is unlikely to be an attainable standard Answer: B Page: 196 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Comprehension Learning Goal: 07-6 Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works 1-948 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 762 Two years ago, Travis started his own restaurant supply company, serving the greater Chicago area Until recently, he has never concerned himself with establishing a formal control system Now, with a recession looming, he is experiencing cost conscious restaurant owners He has decided that a formal control system is needed The first step Travis should take is: 763 A draw up a formal organization chart 764 B talk to his banker to set financial goals 765 C devise a set of clear performance standards 766 D design an accident report form so that he can keep accurate records of all accidents that occur Feedback: The first step in the controlling process is to set clear performance standards Answer: C Page: 195-196 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-6 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works 767 Idle Time Gaming, Inc., has established clear standards of performance for its latest video game that will involve physical challenges such as hand-eye coordination and the player’s ability to react quickly After a significant amount of testing, the results are compared to the previously established development standards If necessary, the engineering team will correct deficiencies before the game is tested by customers These activities are part of the _ of management 768 A organizing function 769 B control function 770 C leading function 771 D planning function Feedback: The control function of management measures performance relative to the planned objectives and standards The process includes establishing clear standards, as well as comparing results against standards Answer: B Page: 195 AACSB: Reflective Thinking 1-949 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment Bloom's: Comprehension Learning Goal: 07-6 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works 772 As a middle manager for her firm, Tori just finished comparing the results of a promotional campaign with the outcome expectations The next step in the control process is: 773 A monitor and record actual performance 774 B set up contingency plans 775 C communicate results and deviations with management and employees involved 776 D establish discipline committees to decide on dismissals Feedback: After comparing results to standards, the next step in the control process is to communicate results and deviations to the employees involved Answer: C Page: 195-196 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-6 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works 1-950 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 777 Harper is a sales rep for an eyeglass company The company is always on the cutting edge of trendy designs In her job, she frequently relies on the marketing department to provide her with information and materials When using customer satisfaction to judge the success of their company, Harper's managers should: 778 A ignore Harper's satisfaction, since she is an employee rather than a customer 779 B take Harper's satisfaction into account, because customers can be internal as well as external 780 C consider Harper's satisfaction, but place less emphasis it than on the satisfaction of a stockholder, since she is an external customer 781 D only consider Harper's satisfaction if she has worked in the same job for at least years Feedback: The criterion for measuring success in a customer-oriented firm is customer satisfaction However, customers are now defined broadly to include internal customers (people within the organization that receive services from others within the organization) as well as external (dealers and end users) Harper would be an example of an internal customer Answer: B Page: 196-197 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-6 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: A Key Criteria for Management: Customer Satisfaction 1-951 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 782 Customers who shop on Amazon.com™ find it helpful to read the customer reviews associated with products that others have purchased After making a purchase, the customer can go to Amazon’s website and post his/her opinion of the product recently purchased This strategy not only assists other customers with their decision making, it helps Amazon react more quickly to the performance of the products it sells Which of the following statements attests to the value of this service? 783 A This action provides for complete transparency of company financial performance 784 B This action supports a key criterion of the control function: the measurement of customer satisfaction 785 C This action provides for better tactical planning, particularly the budgeting process 786 D This action supports the premise of recruiting, hiring, and motivating the employees who believe in social media and other ways to reach customers Feedback: Companies measure their performance in a number of areas, including their financial performance, their areas of operation, their ability to perform learning for their employees, and customer satisfaction The use of social media and interactive online communication provides the company with current customer perception of products and services Answer: B Page: 196-197 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-6 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: A Key Criteria for Management: Customer Satisfaction 1-952 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 787 When establishing criteria to measure the success of a customer-oriented business, managers should: 788 A limit their attention to financial measures such as profit and return on investment since these are the only objective and quantifiable measures available 789 B focus most of their attention on measures of employee satisfaction, since without good employees the firm will not be competitive 790 C focus primarily on financial measures, but pay some attention to non-financial concerns 791 D recognize that, while financial measures are important and should be considered, the purpose of the firm is to satisfy both internal and external customers Feedback: Financial measures of success, such as profit and return on investment, are important and should not be ignored In fact, these measures have traditionally been the measures most frequently used to judge success Today, however, the purpose of a customer-oriented firm is to please all of its stakeholders Thus, non-financial criteria also play an important role in measuring the success of a firm Answer: D Page: 196-197 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-6 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: A Key Criteria for Management: Customer Satisfaction 1-953 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment Essay Questions 792 Identify and define the four key functions of management Answer: The four functions of management are planning, organizing, leading, and controlling Planning includes anticipating future trends and determining the best strategies and tactics to achieve organizational goals and objectives Organizing includes designing the structure of the organization and creating conditions and systems in which everyone and everything work together to achieve the organization's goals and objectives Leading is the function concerned with creating a vision for the organization and communicating, guiding, training, coaching, and motivating others to achieve the goals and objectives of the organization Leading today often involves empowering workers and giving them the freedom to become self-directed and self-motivated Controlling refers to establishing clear standards to determine whether an organization is progressing toward its goals and objectives, rewarding people for doing a good job, and taking corrective action if they are not Basically, it means measuring whether what actually occurs meets the organization's goals Page: 181-183 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-2 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: The Four Functions of Management 1-954 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 793 Explain the differences between strategic, tactical, operational, and contingency planning Answer: Strategic planning is long-range planning that determines major goals of the organization It provides the foundation for the policies, procedures, and strategies for obtaining and using resources to achieve those goals Strategic planning deals with such fundamental questions as which customers to serve, what products and services to sell, and the geographic areas in which the firm will compete Students may note that top managers are very involved in strategic planning Tactical planning is short-range planning that involves the process of developing detailed, shortterm statements about what is to be done, who is to it, and how it is to be done Tactical planning involves setting annual budgets and deciding on other details which contribute to reaching strategic objectives Students may point out that lower level managers are more heavily involved in tactical planning Operational planning involves setting the work standards and schedules necessary to implement the company's tactical objectives Whereas strategic planning looks at the organization as a whole, operational planning focuses on specific supervisors, department managers, and individual employees Contingency planning is the preparation of alternative courses of action that may be used if the primary plans not achieve the objectives of the organization Due to rapid changes that can occur in economic and competitive environments, it is wise to have alternative plans ready to be implemented Crisis planning is a part of contingency planning that involves reacting to sudden changes in the environment Page: 185-187 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-3 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: Planning and Decision Making 1-955 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 794 What is the purpose of the SWOT analysis? What types of information does this analysis provide? Answer: SWOT analysis is an analysis of an organization's strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats It is used to help managers answer several fundamental questions related to the planning function These questions include:  What is the current situation facing the organization?  What is the state of the business environment?  What opportunities currently exist for meeting people's needs?  What products and customers are most profitable?  Why people buy (or not buy) our products?  Who are our major competitors, and what threats they pose for our business? SWOT begins with an analysis of the general business environment It then identifies the strengths and weaknesses of the firm This part of SWOT involves internal analysis, which can normally be done fairly easily Then the analysis attempts to identify opportunities and competitive and environmental threats Since these are based on factors that are external to the firm, they are more difficult to assess Figure 7.3 lists several issues that SWOT analysis may examine Page: 184 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-3 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: Planning and Decision Making 1-956 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 795 What is empowerment? How has the movement toward empowerment changed the role of the manager? Answer: Empowerment means giving employees the authority and responsibility to respond quickly to consumer requests In the past, managers often were "bosses" who issued orders and expected workers to carry them out With the trend toward empowered workers, the manager's role is changing The role of managers of empowered workers will be less that of "boss" and more that of coach, assistant, counselor and team member They will work to "enable" workers to perform their tasks by giving them the education, training, and resources they need to assume their self-directed responsibilities Page: 194 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-5 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: Empowering Workers 796 Describe the three basic types of management skills, and relate these skills to the tasks performed by different levels of management Answer: The three basic types of management skills are technical skills, human relations skills, and conceptual skills Technical skills are the skills needed to perform tasks in a specific discipline (such as selling a product or developing software) or department (such as marketing or information systems) Human relations skills involve communication and motivation; they enable managers to work through and with people Such skills also include those associated with leadership, coaching, morale building, delegating, training and development, and help and supportiveness Conceptual skills refer to the ability to picture the organization as a whole and the relationships among its various parts Conceptual skills are needed in planning, organizing, controlling, systems development, problem analysis, decision-making, coordinating, and delegating First-line managers, who often must explain procedures and specific techniques to employees, and evaluate the performance of those employees, make extensive use of technical skills Firstline managers seldom perform tasks requiring conceptual skills At higher levels of management, managers tend to rely more on conceptual skills to carry out their controlling and planning functions but seldom need technical skills Managers at all levels make use of human relations skills Page: 190 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-4 1-957 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management 797 Describe three different leadership styles and give an example of a situation in which each style could be most used effectively Answer: Students should identify the following leadership styles: Autocratic leadership involves making managerial decisions without consulting others Such a style is effective in emergencies and when absolute followership is needed—for example, when fighting fires Autocratic leadership is also effective sometimes with new, relatively unskilled workers who need clear direction and guidance Democratic (or participative) leadership encourages managers and employees to work together to make decisions Research has found that employee participation in decisions may not always increase effectiveness, but it usually increases job satisfaction Many progressive organizations are highly successful at using a democratic style of leadership that values traits such as flexibility, good listening skills, and empathy Companies such as IBM, Cisco, and AT&T have used this style successfully Free-rein leadership involves setting objectives and giving employees a significant amount of freedom to whatever it takes to accomplish those objectives Doctors often have this flexibility in hospitals, as other professionals such as engineers and lawyers who often work on special projects or cases The traits needed by managers in such organizations include warmth, friendliness, and understanding Page: 192-194 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-5 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: Leadership Styles 1-958 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment Multiple Choice Questions Mini-Case Lauzy Fare left his position as senior vice president at Blue Skies Electronics a few weeks ago to become the new CEO of Idle Time Gaming Before joining the new company, Lauzy spent time studying Idle Time's competitive position and talking to employees in all divisions and at all levels of the organization Based on his findings, Lauzy believes that Idle Time has potential, but also faces some serious challenges if it expects to grow Lauzy found that when confronted by him, most of Idle Time's professional employees seemed almost afraid to express their opinions He learned that Otto Craddick, the previous CEO and founder of the company viewed himself as the boss, and, as such, micromanaged every aspect of the business This discouraged employees from using their own initiatives and ideas to solve problems For example, Otto required sales and service representatives to get his approval before they made any major commitments to customers Otto's policy prevented the organization from responding quickly to customer requests, so sales were lost Unlike his predecessor, Lauzy believes it is important for sales and service personnel to be able to deal with many types of customer requests without needing approval from top management He is confident that giving employees the authority and flexibility to deal with customers, and providing them with the training and resources to help them so, will improve morale within the company, create customer satisfaction, and grow revenues Lauzy also wants to make workers throughout the organization feel more appreciated He plans to continue meeting with them on a regular basis to seek their advice He hopes his work colleagues will eventually respond to his leadership style He has already encouraged middle managers to get employees more involved in decision-making, and has suggested some problem solving techniques the managers could try Although he thought that changing the rigidity of the company culture would be his first challenge at the new firm, Lauzy quickly realized that there were no standards in place to measure the progress of changes in internal morale, customer satisfaction, and profitability He has asked managers in those departments to spend more time setting performance standards and then monitoring actual performance Lauzy is confident that in a relatively short period of time internal changes will lead to good company performance As a member of top management, Lauzy performs a variety of important tasks 1-959 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 798 Otto, the previous CEO at Idle Time Gaming relied on a(n) _ style of management 799 A autocratic 800 B iconoclastic 801 C democratic 802 D free-rein Feedback: Otto made decisions without consulting others, and expected subordinates to follow orders without question These are characteristics of the autocratic style of management Answer: A Page: 192 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-5 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: Leadership Styles 803 Lauzy seems to prefer a(n) style of leadership 804 A autocratic 805 B democratic (or participative) 806 C PMI 807 D altruistic Feedback: Lauzy likes to listen to the opinions and ideas of subordinates and get them involved in decision making This indicates a democratic, or participative, style of leadership Answer: B Page: 193 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-5 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: Leadership Styles 1-960 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 808 Lauzy favors problem-solving techniques that allow teams of workers to freely identify and discuss possible solutions to a problem without having their ideas censored Which of the following is a problem solving technique that Lauzy is likely to suggest to his managers? 809 A SWOT analysis 810 B PERT analysis 811 C brainstorming 812 D controlling Feedback: Brainstorming is a problem solving technique that encourages workers to come up with as many potential solutions to the problem as possible in a short time period without censoring the ideas Answer: C Page: 187 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-3 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: Planning and Decision Making 813 Lauzy's decision to establish well-defined standards for monitoring performance means that he expects management to seriously engage in the _ function of management 814 A research and development 815 B verbalizing 816 C organizing 817 D controlling Feedback: Controlling is the process of measuring performance relative to objectives and standards and taking corrective action when necessary Answer: D Page: 195-196 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-6 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: Controlling: Making Sure it Works 1-961 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 818 Which of the following statements best describes the relative importance of the various types of skills Lauzy will use to perform these tasks? The tasks Lauzy performs will require: 819 A only technical skills 820 B mainly conceptual skills and human relations skills 821 C only human relations skills 822 D mainly technical skills and human relations skills Feedback: As a top manager, Lauzy may have good technical skills, but will more often use conceptual and human relations skills in day to day activities The strategic planning, leadership, and other activities required of a CEO, however, will require him to use conceptual and human relations skills extensively Answer: B Page: 189-190 AACSB: Reflective Thinking Bloom's: Application Learning Goal: 07-4 Level of Difficulty 3: Application of principles Topic: Tasks and Skills at Different Levels of Management 1-962 ...Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment Chapter 01 Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment Answer... 0 1-3 Level of Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles Topic: The Economic and Legal Environment 1-2 8 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment. .. Difficulty 2: Understanding of concepts and principles Topic: The Competitive Environment 1-4 0 Chapter 01 - Taking Risks and Making Profits within the Dynamic Business Environment 113 Customer-driven

Ngày đăng: 05/12/2021, 13:42

TỪ KHÓA LIÊN QUAN

TÀI LIỆU CÙNG NGƯỜI DÙNG

TÀI LIỆU LIÊN QUAN

w